DIAGNOSTIC RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS INC
424B3, 1996-02-26
SEARCH, DETECTION, NAVAGATION, GUIDANCE, AERONAUTICAL SYS
Previous: LEXINGTON CORPORATE LEADERS TRUST FUND, 24F-2NT, 1996-02-26
Next: DREYFUS FUND INC, NSAR-B, 1996-02-26



   PROSPECTUS                           Filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3); 
                                        Registration No. 33-64641

                      DIAGNOSTIC/RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS, INC.

      $25,000,000 9% Senior Subordinated Convertible Debentures Due 2003

         This Prospectus relates to $25,000,000 aggregate principal amount
   of 9% Senior Subordinated Convertible Debentures Due 2003 (the
   "Debentures") of Diagnostic/Retrieval Systems, Inc. (the "Company"), and
   the shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class
   A Common Stock"), of the Company which are issuable from time to time
   upon conversion of the Debentures. The Debentures or Class A Common
   Stock issued upon conversion may be offered from time to time for the
   account of holders of the Debentures named herein (the "Selling Security
   Holders").  The Debentures were originally issued by the Company on
   September 29, 1995 in a private placement (including the over-allotment
   option for $5,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Debentures which
   was exercised on November 3, 1995) (the "Debenture Offering"), and the
   Company will not receive any proceeds from this offering.


         Interest on the Debentures is payable semi-annually on April 1 and
   October 1 of each year, commencing April 1, 1996.  The Debentures are
   convertible at any time prior to maturity, unless previously redeemed or
   repurchased, into shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company, at a
   conversion price of $8.85 per share, subject to adjustment under certain
   circumstances.  Prior to this offering there has not been any public
   market for the Debentures.  The Debentures are eligible for trading in
   the Private Offerings, Resale and Trading through Automated Linkages
   ("PORTAL") Market.  The Company has applied for listing of the
   Debentures and the shares of Class A Common Stock which are issuable
   upon conversion of the Debentures on the American Stock Exchange (the
   "AMEX").  The Company has been advised by Forum Capital Markets L.P.
   (the "Initial Purchaser") that it intends to make a market in the
   Debentures.  The Initial Purchaser is, however, under no obligation to
   do so and may discontinue any such market making activity at any time
   without notice.  There can be no assurance that a secondary market in
   the Debentures will develop or be maintained.  The Company's Class A
   Common Stock is listed on the AMEX under the symbol "DRSA."  On February
   20, 1996, the last reported sale price of the Class A Common Stock on
   the AMEX was $7-3/4 per share.


        The Debentures are unsecured and subordinate to all Senior
   Indebtedness (as defined herein) and are effectively subordinated to all
   obligations of the subsidiaries of the Company.  The Indenture (as
   defined herein) governing the Debentures provides that the Company will
   not (i) issue or incur any Debt (other than Senior Indebtedness or
   Capitalized Lease Obligations) unless such Debt is subordinate in right
   of payment to the Debentures at least to the same extent that the
   Debentures are subordinate to Senior Indebtedness or (ii) permit any of
   its subsidiaries to issue or incur any Debt (other than Senior
   Indebtedness or Capitalized Lease Obligations) unless such Debt provides
   that it will be subordinate in right of payment to distributions and
   dividends from such subsidiary to the Company in an amount sufficient to
   satisfy the Company's obligations under the Debentures at least to the
   same extent that the Debentures are subordinate to Senior Indebtedness. 
   At December 31, 1995, Senior Indebtedness (excluding current
   installments) was approximately $2.8 million and the indebtedness
   (excluding liability for income taxes) of the Company's subsidiaries was
   approximately $16.6 million.  The Debentures will mature on October 1,
   2003.  The Company may not redeem the Debentures prior to October 1,
   1998.  On or after such date, the Company may redeem the Debentures, in
   whole or in part, at the redemption prices set forth herein plus accrued
   but unpaid interest to the date of redemption.  Upon a Change of Control
   (as defined herein), the Company will offer to repurchase the Debentures
   at 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued but unpaid interest
   to the date of repurchase.  In addition, upon a Net Worth Deficiency (as
   defined herein), the Company will offer to repurchase up to 10% of the
   aggregate principal amount of Debentures at 100% of the principal amount
   thereof plus accrued but unpaid interest to the date of repurchase.  See
   "Description of the Debentures."  


        SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7 OF THIS PROSPECTUS FOR
   INFORMATION THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.

   THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
      AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS
     THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COM-
       MISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
          ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

        The Company has been advised by the Selling Security Holders that
   the Selling Security Holders, acting as principals for their own
   account, directly, through agents designated from time to time, or
   through dealers or underwriters also to be designated, may sell all or a
   portion of the Debentures or shares of Class A Common Stock offered
   hereby from time to time on terms to be determined at the time of sale. 
   To the extent required, the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures
   or the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be sold, the names of
   the Selling Security Holders, the purchase price, the name of any such
   agent, dealer or underwriter and any applicable commissions with respect
   to a particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying Prospectus
   Supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to the
   Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.  The
   aggregate proceeds to the Selling Security Holders from the sale of
   Debentures and Class A Common Stock offered by the Selling Security
   Holders hereby will be the purchase price of such Debentures or Class A
   Common Stock less any commissions.  For information concerning
   indemnification arrangements between the Company and the Selling
   Security Holders, see "Plan of Distribution."

        The Selling Security Holders and any broker-dealers, agents or
   underwriters that participate with the Selling Security Holders in the
   distribution of the Debentures or shares of Class A Common Stock may be
   deemed to be "underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities Act of
   1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), in which event any commissions
   received by such broker-dealers, agents or underwriters and any profit
   on the resale of the Debentures or shares of Class A Common Stock
   purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or
   discounts under the Securities Act.


               The date of this Prospectus is February 23, 1996


                           AVAILABLE INFORMATION

          The Company is subject to the information requirements of
     the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
     Act"), and in accordance therewith files reports and other
     information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
     "SEC") .  Such reports and other information filed by the Company
     with the SEC in accordance with the Exchange Act may be
     inspected, without charge, at the Public Reference Section of the
     SEC located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and
     at the regional offices of the SEC located at Seven World Trade
     Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and at Citicorp
     Center, 500 West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661.  Copies
     of all or any portion of the material may be obtained from the
     Public Reference Section of the SEC upon payment of the
     prescribed fees.  Materials can also be inspected at the offices
     of the AMEX, 86 Trinity Place, New York, New York 10006, on which
     exchange the Company's Class A Common Stock is listed.

          The Company is required, pursuant to the terms of the
     Indenture under which the Debentures were issued, to deliver to
     the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures, within 15 days
     after the Company has filed the same with the SEC, copies of the
     annual reports and information, documents and other reports which
     the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section
     13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.


          The Company has filed with the SEC a Registration Statement
     on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") under the Securities
     Act, with respect to the Debentures and shares of Class A Common
     Stock offered pursuant to this Prospectus.  This Prospectus,
     which constitutes a part of the Registration Statement, does not
     contain all of the information set forth in the Registration
     Statement, certain items of which are contained in the exhibits
     and schedules thereto as permitted by the rules and regulations
     of the SEC.  For further information with respect to the Company,
     the Debentures and the Class A Common Stock, reference is made to
     the Registration Statement, including the exhibits and schedules
     filed therewith.  Statements contained in this Prospectus
     concerning the provisions of certain documents filed with the
     Registration Statement are not necessarily complete, each
     statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. 
     Copies of all or any part of the Registration Statement,
     including exhibits thereto, may be obtained, upon payment of the
     prescribed fees, at the offices of the SEC as set forth above.




                             PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

          The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and
     should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information
     and financial statements (including the notes thereto) appearing
     elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Unless the context otherwise
     requires, all references herein to the "Company" include
     Diagnostic/Retrieval Systems, Inc. and its consolidated
     subsidiaries.

                                THE COMPANY

          Diagnostic/Retrieval Systems,Inc. ("DRS" or the "Company")
     designs, manufactures and markets high-technology computer
     workstations for the United States (the "U.S.") Department of
     Defense, electro-optical targeting systems for military customers
     and image and data storage products for both military and
     commercial customers.  In response to a 1992 mandate by the Joint
     Chiefs of Staff, the Company focuses on "commercial-off-the-
     shelf" ("COTS") product designs, whereby commercial electronic
     components are adapted, upgraded and "ruggedized" for application
     in harsh military environments.  The Company believes that
     military expenditures on electronic systems and equipment will
     grow in coming years as the nature of modern warfare dictates
     increasing reliance on real-time, accurate battlefield
     information and the electronic content and sophistication of
     defense systems increases.

          During its last three fiscal years, the Company has
     restructured its management team and implemented strategies to
     exploit the changing nature of military procurement programs
     brought on by the end of the cold war, military budget
     constraints and the COTS mandate.  The Company's strategies
     include:

          *    expanding and diversifying the Company's 
               technology and product base into complementary
               military and commercial markets primarily through
               acquisitions and the forging of strategic
               relationships;

          *    increasing revenue opportunities through the
               design and adaptation of products for use by all
               branches of the military; and

          *    enhancing financial performance through specific
               cost reduction measures and increased
               manufacturing efficiencies.

          To effect these strategies, the Company has (i) acquired
     several businesses with complementary military and commercial
     products and technologies over the last three years; (ii) forged
     strategic relationships with other defense suppliers such as
     Loral Corporation and Westinghouse Electric Corporation, among
     others; (iii) emphasized the development of COTS-based products
     as well as products and systems that are easily adapted to
     similar weapons platforms for use by all branches of the
     military; and (iv) implemented cost reduction programs to reduce
     its fixed-cost base, allow for growth and maintain the
     flexibility of its operations.

          The implementation of these strategies has resulted in
     increasing revenues and profits over the last three fiscal years. 
     Although the Company experienced operating losses in fiscal 1990
     through 1992, primarily due to cost overruns on a single fixed-
     price development contract, a shift over the last several years
     in the nature of military development contracting from fixed-
     price to cost-type contracts has reduced the Company's exposure
     in this area.  For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995, the
     Company had revenues of  $69.9 million, net income of $2.6
     million and earnings per share of $.50, representing increases of
     20.9%, 61.2% and 66.7%, respectively, compared with the year
     ended March 31, 1994.  For the nine months ended December 31,
     1995 the Company had revenues of $65.6 million, net income of
     $2.5 million and fully diluted earnings per share of $.44,
     representing increases of 38.4%, 45.7% and 29.4%, respectively,
     compared with the same nine-month period ended December 31, 1994.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

                                                         
                           Year Ended March 31,               Nine Months
                                                           Ended December 31,
                    1995    1994   1993    1992   1991    1995   1994 
<S>                 <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:

Revenues  . .       $  69,930,000  $  57,820,000  $  47,772,000  $  28,925,000  $  47,762,000  $  65,628,000  $ 47,404,000
Costs and Expenses     64,836,000     54,372,000     45,461,000     37,032,000     52,812,000     60,289,000    44,143,000
Operating Income
 (Loss)                 5,094,000      3,448,000      2,311,000     (8,107,000)    (5,050,000)     5,339,000     3,261,000
Interest and Related
 Expenses              (1,372,000)    (1,574,000)    (1,735,000)    (2,198,000)    (2,362,000)    (1,675,000)   (1,020,000)
Other Income, Net         534,000        834,000      1,224,000        944,000      1,677,000        425,000       613,000
Earnings (Loss)
 before Income Taxes
 (Benefit)              4,256,000      2,708,000      1,800,000     (9,361,000)    (5,735,000)     4,089,000     2,854,000
Income Taxes
 (Benefit)              1,652,000      1,093,000        715,000     (4,006,000)    (1,488,000)     1,594,000     1,142,000
Net Earnings (Loss) $   2,604,000  $   1,615,000  $   1,085,000  $  (5,355,000) $  (4,247,000) $   2,495,000  $  1,712,000

Net Earnings (Loss)
 per share of Class
 A and Class B 
 Common Stock(1)    $         .50  $         .30  $         .20  $       (1.01)  $       (.79) $         .44  $        .34

OTHER OPERATIONS DATA:

EBITDA(2) . .       $   7,574,000  $   6,006,000  $   5,513,000  $  (4,393,000) $    (973,000) $    7,565,000  $ 5,228,000
Ratio of Earnings to
 Fixed Charges(3)(4)         2.9x           2.3x           1.8x              -              -            2.8x         2.7x
Ratio of Earnings to
 Fixed Charges, as
 adjusted(3)(5)              1.8x                                                                        2.2x
</TABLE>

                             December 31, 1995
                        Actual         As Adjusted(6)

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

Working Capital       $    40,585,000      $  38,085,000
Net Property, Plant
 and Equipment        $    14,728,000      $  14,728,000
Total Assets          $    90,770,000      $  85,631,000
Long-Term Debt,
 Excluding Current
 Installments         $    35,319,000      $  32,819,000
Net Stockholders'
 Equity               $    24,907,000      $  24,907,000



  (1)  No cash dividends have been distributed during any of the years in
       the five-year period ended March 31, 1995 or the nine months ended
       December 31, 1995.


  (2)  EBITDA is defined as operating income (loss) plus depreciation and
       amortization.  EBITDA is a widely accepted financial indicator of a


       company's ability to service and incur debt.  EBITDA should not be
       considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash
       flows or other consolidated income or cash flow data prepared in
       accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or as a
       measure of a company's profitability or liquidity.

  (3)  Earnings used in computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges
       consist of earnings before income taxes plus fixed charges.  Fixed
       charges consist of interest expense, amortization of debt issuance
       costs and the portion of the Company's rent expense that the
       Company believes is representative of the interest factor.

  (4)  Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges in fiscal 1992 and
       fiscal 1991.  Earnings (Loss) before Income Taxes (Benefit) in
       fiscal 1992 and fiscal 1991 include fixed charges of approximately
       $2.7 million and $2.9 million, respectively.


  (5)  Adjusted to reflect the application of the proceeds from the
       Debenture Offering, which was consummated on September 29, 1995
       (including the over-allotment option which was exercised on
       November 3, 1995).  The ratio also assumes additional interest
       income was earned on the proceeds remaining after the redemption of
       the Company's 1998 Debentures (as defined herein).  See "Use of
       Proceeds."


  (6)  Adjusted to give effect to the use of the net proceeds from the
       Debenture Offering to redeem $4,963,000 of the 1998 Debentures and
       for the payment of $176,000 of accrued interest thereon as of
       December 31, 1995.  See "Use of Proceeds."



                                THE OFFERING

     Debentures Offered  . . . . .      $25,000,000 principal amount
                                        of Senior Subordinated
                                        Convertible Debentures Due
                                        2003.

     Maturity Date . . . . . . . .      October 1, 2003

     Interest Payment Dates  . . .      April 1 and October 1

     Interest  . . . . . . . . . .       9.0% per annum

     Conversion  . . . . . . . . .      Convertible into Class A
                                        Common Stock at any time prior
                                        to maturity, unless previously
                                        redeemed or repurchased, at a
                                        conversion price of $8.85 per
                                        share, subject to adjustment
                                        in certain circumstances.

     Redemption at the Option
      of the Company . . . . . . .
                                   Redeemable at the option of the
                                   Company, in whole or in part at any
                                   time on or after October 1, 1998,
                                   upon not less than 30 nor more than
                                   60 days' notice, at the redemption
                                   prices set forth herein plus
                                   accrued but unpaid interest to the
                                   date of redemption.  See
                                   "Description of the Debentures --
                                   Redemption."

     Redemption at the Option
      of the Holders . . . . . . .
                                   Upon a Change of Control (as
                                   defined herein), the Company will
                                   offer to repurchase the Debentures
                                   at 100% of the principal amount
                                   thereof plus accrued but unpaid
                                   interest to the date of repurchase. 
                                   See "Description of the Debentures
                                   -- Change of Control."

                                        In the event the Company's
                                        Consolidated Net Worth (as
                                        defined herein) at the end of
                                        any two consecutive fiscal
                                        quarters is below $18.0
                                        million (a "Net Worth
                                        Deficiency"), the Company will
                                        offer to repurchase up to 10%
                                        of the aggregate principal
                                        amount of Debentures at 100%
                                        of the principal amount
                                        thereof plus accrued but
                                        unpaid interest to the date of
                                        repurchase.  See "Description
                                        of the Debentures --
                                        Maintenance of Consolidated
                                        Net Worth."



     Ranking . . . . . . . . . . .      The Debentures are
                                        subordinated to all Senior
                                        Indebtedness (as defined
                                        herein) and will be
                                        effectively subordinated to
                                        all obligations of the
                                        subsidiaries of the Company. 
                                        The Indenture (as defined
                                        herein) governing the
                                        Debentures provides that the
                                        Company will not (i) issue or
                                        incur any Debt (other than
                                        Senior Indebtedness or
                                        Capitalized Lease Obligations)
                                        unless such Debt (other than
                                        Senior Indebtedness or
                                        Capitalized Lease Obligations)
                                        is subordinate in right of
                                        payment to the Debentures at
                                        least to the same extent that
                                        the Debentures are subordinate
                                        to Senior Indebtedness or (ii)
                                        permit any of its subsidiaries
                                        to issue or incur any Debt
                                        (other than Senior
                                        Indebtedness or Capitalized
                                        Lease Obligations) unless such
                                        Debt (other than Senior
                                        Indebtedness or Capitalized
                                        Lease Obligations) provides
                                        that it will be subordinate in
                                        right of payment to
                                        distributions and dividends
                                        from such subsidiary to the
                                        Company in an amount
                                        sufficient to satisfy the
                                        Company's obligations under
                                        the Debentures at least to the
                                        same extent that the
                                        Debentures are subordinate to
                                        Senior Indebtedness.  At
                                        December 31, 1995, Senior
                                        Indebtedness (excluding
                                        current installments) was
                                        approximately $2.8 million and
                                        the indebtedness (excluding
                                        liability for income taxes) of
                                        the Company's subsidiaries was
                                        approximately $16.6 million. 
                                        See "Description of the
                                        Debentures -- Ranking."


     Registration Rights . . . . .      Pursuant to a registration
                                        rights agreement (the
                                        "Registration Rights
                                        Agreement") between the
                                        Company and the Initial
                                        Purchaser, the Company has
                                        agreed to file a shelf
                                        registration statement (the
                                        "Shelf Registration
                                        Statement") relating to the
                                        Debentures and the shares of
                                        Class A Common Stock which are
                                        issuable from time to time
                                        upon conversion of the
                                        Debentures.  The Company has
                                        agreed to use its reasonable
                                        best efforts to maintain the
                                        effectiveness of the Shelf
                                        Registration Statement until
                                        the third anniversary of the
                                        issuance of the Debentures,
                                        except that it will be
                                        permitted to suspend the use
                                        of the Shelf Registration
                                        Statement during certain
                                        periods under certain
                                        circumstances.  Upon default
                                        by the Company with respect to
                                        certain of its obligations
                                        under the Registration Rights
                                        Agreement, liquidated damages
                                        will be payable on the
                                        Debentures and Class A Common
                                        Stock affected by such
                                        default.  See "Description of
                                        the Debentures -- Registration
                                        Rights; Liquidated Damages."

     Restrictive Covenants . . . .      The indenture under which the
                                        Debentures were issued (the
                                        "Indenture") limits (i) the
                                        issuance of additional debt by
                                        the Company, (ii) the payment
                                        of dividends on the capital
                                        stock of the Company and
                                        investments by the Company,
                                        (iii) certain transactions
                                        with affiliates, (iv)
                                        incurrence of liens, (v)
                                        issuance of preferred stock by
                                        the Company or its
                                        subsidiaries, (vi) stock
                                        splits, consolidations and
                                        reclassifications and (vii)
                                        sales of assets and subsidiary
                                        stock.  The Indenture also
                                        prohibits certain restrictions
                                        on distributions from
                                        subsidiaries.  However, all
                                        these limitations and
                                        prohibitions are subject to a
                                        number of important
                                        qualifications.  See
                                        "Description of the Debentures
                                        -- Certain Covenants of the
                                        Company."  

     Use of Proceeds . . . . . . .      The Company will not receive
                                        any proceeds from the sale of
                                        the Debentures or shares of
                                        Class A Common Stock offered
                                        pursuant to this Prospectus. 
                                        The Selling Security Holders
                                        will receive all of the net
                                        proceeds from any sale of the
                                        Debentures or shares of Class
                                        A Common Stock offered hereby. 
                                        See "Use of Proceeds" and
                                        "Selling Security Holders."

                                RISK FACTORS

          In addition to the other information contained in this
     Prospectus, prospective investors should consider carefully the
     following factors before purchasing the Debentures offered
     hereby.

     AMOUNT AND RISKS OF GOVERNMENT BUSINESS

          Substantially all the Company's revenues are derived from
     contracts or subcontracts with domestic and foreign government
     agencies of which a significant portion is attributed to United
     States Navy (the "U.S. Navy") procurements.  The development and
     success of the Company's business in the future will depend upon
     the continued willingness of the U.S. Government to commit
     substantial resources to such U.S. Navy programs and, in
     particular, upon continued purchases of the Company's products. 
     See "Business -- Company Organization and Products."

          The Company's business with the U.S. Government is subject
     to various risks, including termination of contracts at the
     convenience of the U.S. Government; termination, reduction or
     modification of contracts or subcontracts in the event of changes
     in the U.S. Government's requirements or budgetary constraints;
     shifts in spending priorities; and when the Company is a
     subcontractor, the failure or inability of the prime contractor
     to perform its prime contract.  Certain contract costs and fees
     are subject to adjustment as a result of audits by government
     agencies.  In addition, all defense businesses are subject to
     risks associated with the frequent need to bid on programs in
     advance of design completion (which may result in unforeseen
     technological difficulties and/or cost overruns).

          Multi-year U.S. Government contracts and related orders are
     subject to cancellation if funds for contract performance for any
     subsequent year become unavailable. In addition, if certain
     technical or other program requirements are not met in the
     developmental phases of the contract, then the follow-on
     production phase may not be realized.  Upon termination other
     than for a contractor's default, the contractor normally is
     entitled to reimbursement for allowable costs, but not
     necessarily all costs, and to an allowance for the proportionate
     share of fees or earnings for the work completed.  Foreign
     defense contracts generally contain comparable provisions
     relating to termination at the convenience of the foreign
     government.   See "Business -- Contracts."

     REDUCED SPENDING IN DEFENSE INDUSTRY

          Reductions in U.S. Government expenditures for defense
     products are likely to continue during the 1990's.  These
     reductions may or may not have an effect on the Company's
     programs; however, in the event expenditures for products of the
     type manufactured by the Company are reduced and not offset by
     greater foreign sales or other new programs or products, there
     will be a reduction in the volume of contracts or subcontracts


     awarded to the Company.  Unless offset, such reductions would
     adversely affect the Company's earnings.

     LIMITED TERM OF CONTRACTS

          The Company's contracts with the U.S. Government are for
     varying fixed terms, and there can be no assurance that a renewal
     or follow-on contract will be awarded to the Company by the U.S.
     Government upon the expiration of any such contract.  Certain of
     the Company's U.S. Government contracts account for a substantial
     portion of the Company's revenues (i.e., the AN/UYQ-65 production
     contract).  The loss of revenue resulting from the failure to
     obtain a renewal or follow-on contract with respect to any
     significant contract or a number of lesser contracts, in either
     case without the substitution of revenues from the award of new
     contracts, would have a material adverse effect upon the
     Company's results of operations and financial position.  In
     addition, from time to time the Company enters into U.S.
     Government contracts with a full funded backlog but in which the
     price per unit may not be determined at the time of award.  If
     the price per unit which is ultimately determined is
     significantly less than anticipated by the Company, the net
     revenues of the Company would be adversely affected.

     HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE; SUBORDINATION

               The Debentures are a direct obligation of DRS, which
     derives a majority of its revenues from the operations of its
     subsidiaries.  The ability of DRS to make interest payments on or
     redeem the Debentures and to pay dividends, if any, on the Class
     A Common Stock will be primarily dependent upon the receipt of
     dividends or other distributions from such subsidiaries.  The
     payment of dividends from the subsidiaries to the Company and the
     payment of any interest on or the repayment of any principal of
     any loans or advances made by the Company to any of its
     subsidiaries may be subject to statutory or contractual
     restrictions and are contingent upon the earnings of such
     subsidiaries.  Although the Company believes that distributions
     and dividends from its subsidiaries will be sufficient to pay
     interest on the Debentures as well as to meet the Company's other
     obligations, there can be no assurance they will be sufficient.


               The Debentures are subordinated in right of payment to
     all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Company,
     including all indebtedness under the Company's credit agreements. 
     By reason of such subordination, in the event of an insolvency,
     liquidation or other reorganization of the Company, the Senior
     Indebtedness must be paid in full before the principal of,
     premium if any, and interest on the Debentures may be paid.  At
     December 31, 1995, Senior Indebtedness (excluding current
     installments) was approximately $2.8 million. Because a majority
     of the Company's operations are conducted through subsidiaries,
     claims of the creditors of such subsidiaries will have priority
     with respect to the assets and earnings of such subsidiaries over
     the claims of the creditors of the Company, including holders of
     the Debentures, even though such obligations do not constitute
     Senior Indebtedness, except to the extent the Company is itself
     recognized as a creditor of such subsidiary or such other
     creditors have agreed to subordinate their claims to the payment
     of the Debentures.  The Company's subsidiaries had indebtedness
     (excluding liability for income taxes) of approximately $16.6
     million at December 31, 1995.


               The Debentures are not secured by any of the assets of
     the Company or its subsidiaries.  In addition, certain
     obligations of the Company are secured by pledges of certain
     assets of the Company or its subsidiaries.

     SUBSTANTIAL INDEBTEDNESS

               Following the issuance of the Debentures, the Company
     continues to have indebtedness that is substantial in relation to
     its stockholders' equity.  See "Capitalization."  The Indenture
     imposes significant operating and financial restrictions on the
     Company.  Such restrictions will affect, and in many respects
     significantly limit or prohibit, among other things, the ability
     of the Company to incur additional indebtedness and pay
     dividends.  These restrictions, in combination with the leveraged
     nature of the Company, could limit the ability of the Company to
     effect future financings or otherwise may restrict corporate
     activities.  See "Description of the Debentures."  The Indenture
     permits the Company to incur additional indebtedness under
     certain conditions, and the Company expects to obtain additional
     indebtedness as so permitted.

               The Company's high degree of leverage could have
     important consequences to the holders of the Debentures,
     including the following: (i) the Company's ability to obtain
     additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures,
     acquisitions, general corporate purposes or other purposes may be
     impaired in the future; (ii) a substantial portion of the
     Company's cash flow from operations must be dedicated to the
     payment of principal and interest on its indebtedness, thereby
     reducing the funds available to the Company for other purposes;
     (iii) the Company's substantial degree of leverage may hinder its
     ability to adjust rapidly to changing market conditions; and (iv)
     could make it more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in
     general economic conditions or its business.  See "Description of
     the Debentures."

     COMPETITION

          The military electronics industry is characterized by rapid
     technological change.  The Company's products are sold in markets
     containing many competitors which are substantially larger than
     the Company, devote substantially greater resources to research
     and development and generally have greater resources.  Certain of
     such competitors are also suppliers to the Company.  In the
     military sector, the Company competes with many first- and
     second-tier defense contractors on the basis of product
     performance, cost, overall value, delivery and reputation.  The
     Company's future success will depend in large part upon its
     ability to improve existing product lines and to develop new
     products and technologies in the same or related fields.  The
     introduction by competitors of new products with greater
     capabilities could adversely affect the Company's business.  

     RELIANCE ON SUPPLIERS

          The Company's manufacturing process for its products,
     excluding electro-optical products, consists primarily of the
     assembly of purchased components and testing of the product at
     various stages in the assembly process.

          Although materials and purchased components generally are
     available from a number of different suppliers, several suppliers
     are the Company's sole source of certain components.  If a
     supplier should cease to deliver such components, other sources
     probably would be available; however, added cost and
     manufacturing delays might result.  The Company has not
     experienced significant production delays attributable to supply
     shortages, but occasionally experiences procurement problems with
     respect to certain components, such as semiconductors and
     connectors.  In addition, with respect to the Company's electro-
     optical products, certain exotic materials, such as germanium,
     zinc sulfide and cobalt, may not always be readily available.

     ATTRACTING AND RETAINING TECHNICAL PERSONNEL

          There is a continuing demand for qualified technical
     personnel, and the Company believes that its future growth and
     success will depend upon its ability to attract, train and retain
     such personnel.  An inability to maintain a sufficient number of
     trained personnel could have a material adverse effect on the
     Company's contract performance or on its ability to capitalize on
     market opportunities.

     FUNDING OF REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS; ABSENCE OF SINKING FUND

          There is no sinking fund with respect to the Debentures, and
     at maturity the entire outstanding principal amount thereof will
     become due and payable by the Company.  Also, upon the occurrence
     of certain events the Company will be required to offer to
     repurchase all or a portion of the outstanding Debentures.  The
     source of funds for any such payment at maturity or earlier
     repurchase will be the Company's available cash or cash generated
     from operating or other sources, including, without limitation,
     borrowings or sales of assets or equity securities of the
     Company.  There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be
     available at the time of any such event to pay such principal or
     to make any required repurchase.  See "Description of the
     Debentures."

     SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE


          The sale, or availability for sale, of substantial amounts
     of Class A Common Stock in the public market could adversely
     affect the prevailing market price of the Debentures and the
     Class A Common Stock into which the Debentures are convertible
     and could impair the Company's ability to raise additional
     capital through the sale of its securities.  The Debentures
     offered hereby are convertible at any time prior to maturity,
     unless previously redeemed or repurchased, into shares of Class A
     Common Stock, at a conversion price of $8.85 per share, subject
     to adjustment under certain circumstances.  As of February 20,
     1996, there was an aggregate of 3,307,324 shares of Class A
     Common Stock outstanding (excluding 432,639 shares of Class A
     Common Stock in treasury) and an aggregate of 2,154,808 shares of
     Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class B
     Common Stock") outstanding (excluding 65,795 shares of Class B
     Common Stock in treasury).  Of such shares, 760,168 shares of the
     Class A Common Stock and 307,180 shares of the Class B Common
     Stock are "restricted" under the Securities Act and are resalable
     pursuant to the limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. 
     After giving effect to the application of $5.0 million in net
     proceeds acquired by the Company pursuant to the Debenture
     Offering to repurchase approximately $5.0 million in principal
     amount of the Company's 8-1/2% Convertible Subordinated
     Debentures due August 1, 1998 (the "1998 Debentures"), the
     remaining outstanding 1998 Debentures will be convertible into an
     additional 333,333 shares of Class B Common Stock at $15 per
     share.  Each share of Class A Common Stock is convertible at any
     time into one share of the Class B Common Stock, subject to
     adjustment under certain circumstances.  See "Description of
     Capital Stock."  The Company is considering setting forth a
     proposal to its stockholders to amend the Company's Certificate
     of Incorporation to convert the Class A Common Stock and Class B
     Common Stock into a single class of common stock, as well as to
     include certain other charter amendments.


     LACK OF PUBLIC MARKET; RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE


          At present, the Debentures are owned by a small number of
     institutional investors, and prior to this offering there has not
     been any public market for the Debentures.  The Company has
     applied for listing of the Debentures and the shares of Class A
     Common Stock which are issuable upon conversion of the Debentures
     on the AMEX.  The Debentures are eligible for trading in the
     PORTAL Market of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
     Inc.  There can be no assurance regarding the future development
     of a market for the Debentures or the ability of holders of the
     Debentures to sell their Debentures or the price at which such
     holders may be able to sell their Debentures.  If such a market
     were to develop, the Debentures could trade at prices that may be
     higher or lower than the initial offering price depending on many
     factors, including prevailing interest rates, the Company's
     operating results and the market for similar securities.  The
     Initial Purchaser has advised the Company that it currently
     intends to make a market in the Debentures.  The Initial
     Purchaser is not obligated to do so, however, and any market-
     making with respect to the Debentures may be discontinued at any
     time without notice.  Therefore, there can be no assurance as to
     the liquidity of any trading market for the Debentures or that an
     active public market for the Debentures will develop.  

          The Class A Common Stock of the Company is listed on the
     AMEX.  The market for the Class A Common Stock has historically
     been characterized by limited trading volume and a limited number
     of holders.  The Board of Directors of the Company has authorized
     and is currently soliciting proxies from the stockholders of the
     Company with respect to a proposal to amend the Company's
     Certificate of Incorporation to convert the Class A Common Stock
     and Class B Common Stock into a single class of common stock,
     however, there can be no assurance that such proposal will be
     approved by the stockholders, or if approved, that a more active
     trading market for the resulting class of common stock will
     develop.



                                THE COMPANY

     GENERAL

          The Company designs, manufactures and markets high-
     technology computer workstations for the U.S. Department of
     Defense, electro-optical targeting systems for military customers
     and image and data storage products for both military and
     commercial customers.  In response to a 1992 mandate by the Joint
     Chiefs of Staff, the Company focuses on "commercial-off-the-
     shelf" ("COTS") product designs, whereby commercial electronic
     components are adapted, upgraded and "ruggedized" for application
     in harsh military environments.  The Company believes that
     military expenditures on electronic systems and equipment will
     grow in coming years as the nature of modern warfare dictates
     increasing reliance on real-time, accurate battlefield
     information and the electronic content and sophistication of
     defense systems increases.

          Using COTS designs, the Company develops and delivers its
     products with significantly less development time and expense
     compared to traditional military product cycles, generally
     resulting in shorter lead times, lower costs and the employment
     of the latest information and computing technologies.  The COTS
     process entails the purchasing, refitting, upgrading (of both
     hardware and software) and "ruggedization" (repackaging,
     remounting and stress testing to withstand harsh military
     environments) of readily available commercial components.  The
     design and manufacture of COTS-based products is a complex
     process requiring specific engineering capabilities, extensive
     knowledge of military platforms to which the equipment will be
     applied and in-depth understanding of military operating
     environments and requirements.  

     STRATEGY

          During its last three fiscal years, the Company has
     restructured its management team and implemented strategies to
     exploit the changing nature of military procurement programs
     brought on by the end of the cold war, military budget
     constraints and the COTS mandate.  The Company's strategies
     include:

          *    expanding and diversifying the Company's
               technology and product base into complementary
               military and commercial markets primarily through
               acquisitions and the forging of strategic
               relationships;

          *    increasing revenue opportunities through the
               design and adaptation of products for use by all
               branches of the military; and

          *    enhancing financial performance through specific
               cost reduction measures and increased
               manufacturing efficiencies.

          To effect these strategies, the Company has (i) acquired
     several businesses with complementary military and commercial
     products and technologies over the last three years; (ii) forged
     strategic relationships with other defense suppliers such as
     Loral Corporation and Westinghouse Electric Corporation, among
     others; (iii) emphasized the development of COTS-based products


     as well as products and systems that are easily adapted to
     similar weapons platforms for use by all branches of the
     military; and (iv) implemented cost reduction programs to reduce
     its fixed-cost base, allow for growth and maintain the
     flexibility of its operations.


          The implementation of these strategies has resulted in
     increasing revenues and profits over the last three fiscal years. 
     Although the Company experienced operating losses in fiscal 1990
     through 1992, primarily due to cost overruns on a single fixed-
     price development contract, a shift over the last several years
     in the nature of military development contracting from fixed-
     price to cost-type contracts has reduced the Company's exposure
     in this area.  For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995, the
     Company had revenues of $69.9 million, net income of $2.6 million
     and earnings per share of $.50, representing increases of 20.9%,
     61.2% and 66.7%, respectively, compared with the year ended March
     31, 1994.  For the nine months ended December 31, 1995, the
     Company had revenues of $65.6 million, net income of $2.5 million
     and fully diluted earnings per share of $.44, representing
     increases of 38.4%, 45.7% and 29.4%, respectively, compared with
     the same nine-month period ended December 31, 1994.


     COMPANY ORGANIZATION

          The Company is organized into three operating groups: 
     Electronic Systems Group ("ESG," 54% of fiscal 1995 revenues),
     Electro-Optical Systems Group ("EOSG," 18% of fiscal 1995
     revenues) and Media Technology Group ("MTG," 28% of fiscal 1995
     revenues).  See "Business -- Company Organization and Products."

          ESG designs and manufactures COTS-based computer
     workstations designed for military information processing
     applications.  This equipment is designed to cost-effectively
     replace and upgrade anti-submarine warfare ("ASW") systems,
     tactical (combat/attack) workstations and training equipment. 
     ESG's products are a direct outgrowth of the ASW and Naval
     systems expertise that has formed the core of DRS' business base
     since the Company's inception.  Major products include:  (i)
     computer workstations used in ASW systems for ship and land-based
     (harbors and coastal areas) detection networks, (ii) tactical
     workstations used to coordinate and control personnel and weapons
     systems on the military's most advanced ship, air and submarine-
     based platforms, and (iii) military display emulators ("MDE"),
     which are used for combat system operator training at a fraction
     of the cost of fully-militarized, field-ready versions of the
     display.  ESG's workstation products, which are PC-based, open
     architecture, networked systems designed for flexibility and
     adaptability to a wide variety of applications, have been
     developed to replace many of the mainframe-based systems
     currently in use, while preserving the U.S. Navy's existing
     investment in such technology.  ESG's systems process incoming
     sonar, radar and other information through complex customized
     software, enabling operators to interpret data quickly and relay
     information to command personnel.  These workstations are an
     integral part of the U.S. Navy's Aegis defense program and the
     U.S. coastal defense strategy.  MDE systems are used for training
     of combat system operators and to maintain and improve the
     operation skills of naval reserve personnel.  ESG operates a
     field service division for system maintenance, installation and
     upgrade services and general product support.  ESG's
     manufacturing division (which is 80% owned through a partnership)
     produces ESG's new generation products and also supplies complex
     wire harness assemblies and other products to the military and
     commercial aerospace industry.

          EOSG manufactures precision electro-optical assemblies used
     in infrared seeker heads of Stinger, Sidewinder and new
     generation missiles and produces proprietary Multiple Platform
     Boresight Equipment ("MPBE") used to align the weapons systems
     with the airframes and pilot sighting systems on Apache and Cobra
     helicopters.  Originally supplying only the primary mirror for
     infrared seeker heads, EOSG now supplies the primary, secondary,
     tertiary and fold mirrors, as well as the mirror housing and nose
     domes.  EOSG is currently under contract to produce infrared
     components and subassemblies on many of the next generation
     infrared missile systems. The MPBE boresight system was
     originally deployed on the Army's Apache attack helicopters and
     has been adapted for use on Marine Corps' Cobra helicopters. 
     EOSG is under contract to supply the next generation laser-based
     MPBE for these platforms.  Due to the inherent flexibility and
     economics of MPBE's multiple platform design, EOSG has submitted
     proposals to adapt the system for use on fixed-wing aircraft such
     as the F-15 and C-130.  The Company recently acquired
     substantially all of the assets of Opto Mechanik, Inc. through
     its subsidiary OMI Acquisition Corp. ("OMI").  Through OMI, EOSG
     now supplies the electro-optical sighting and targeting systems
     used on TOW anti-tank missiles, the military's primary anti-tank
     weapon, and other electro-optical military products.  The Company
     is also under contract with the primary contractor for work on
     the anti-tank Improved TOW Acquisition System.

          MTG manufactures products used by military and commercial
     customers for image and data storage.  The group designs military
     recorder systems by adapting commercial video recording products
     to operate in and withstand harsh military environments.  With
     MTG's recorder products, the COTS process entails the purchasing,
     refitting, upgrading (hardware and software) and "ruggedization"
     (repackaging, remounting and vibration/thermal stress testing to
     withstand harsh military operating environments) of readily
     available commercial components.  These systems are used to
     record cockpit video of jet fighter, helicopter and light armored
     vehicle missions.  MTG's commercial operations manufacture
     burnish, glide and test heads which are used in the manufacture
     of computer hard disks, listing among its customers many of the
     major disk drive manufacturers in the United States.  MTG also
     manufactures specialty recorder heads and refurbishes the head
     assemblies of high-end video recording products used by
     broadcasters worldwide.

          The Company was incorporated in Delaware in June 1968.  The
     Company's executive offices are located at 5 Sylvan Way,
     Parsippany, New Jersey, 07054, and its telephone number is (201)
     898-1500.

                              USE OF PROCEEDS

          The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of
     the Debentures or shares of Class A Common Stock offered pursuant
     to this Prospectus.  The Selling Security Holders will receive
     all of the net proceeds from any sale of the Debentures or shares
     of Class A Common Stock offered hereby.  


          The net proceeds received by the Company pursuant to the
     Debenture Offering (including the exercise of the over-allotment
     option) were approximately $23,750,000.  On February 16, 1996,
     the Company used approximately $5.0 million of such net proceeds
     to redeem $4,963,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's
     1998 Debentures (of which $2,463,000 aggregate principal amount
     was classified as current as of December 31, 1995), plus accrued
     and unpaid interest thereon.  The balance will be used for
     general corporate purposes, including acquisitions.  See
     "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
     Results of Operations -- Financial Condition and Liquidity -- The
     Debenture Offering."  Although the Company continues to seek
     acquisition opportunities consistent with its business strategy
     and is engaged in discussions regarding potential acquisitions,
     the Company does not currently have any agreement or
     understanding regarding any potential acquisition.


                               CAPITALIZATION


          The following table sets forth the consolidated
     capitalization of the Company at December 31, 1995 as adjusted to
     give effect to the use of net proceeds from the Debenture
     Offering (including the over-allotment option for $5,000,000
     aggregate principal amount of the Debentures which was exercised
     on November 3, 1995).  The information presented below should be
     read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of
     the Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus.


                                       
                                                    December 31, 1995
                                                 Actual      As Adjusted  
     Long-term debt, excluding current
      installments(1):
        Senior Indebtedness(2)   . . .         $  2,819,000  $  2,819,000
      81/2% Convertible Subordinated Debentures  
        due August 1, 1998 . . . . .              7,500,000     5,000,000
      Senior Subordinated Convertible
       Debentures due 2003 . . . . .             25,000,000    25,000,000
         Total long-term debt  . . .             35,319,000    32,819,000

     Stockholders' equity:
      Preferred Stock, $10 par value 2,000,000
       shares authorized; no shares issued. .            --            --
      Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value,
       10,000,000 shares authorized;
       3,739,963 shares issued . . .                 37,000        37,000
      Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value,
       20,000,000 shares authorized;
       2,216,353 shares issued . . .                 22,000        22,000
      Additional paid-in capital   .             13,579,000    13,579,000
      Retained earnings  . . . . . .             13,414,000    13,414,000
                                                 27,052,000    27,052,000

        Less Treasury Stock -at cost:
         432,639 shares of Class A 
         Common Stock and 21,619 shares
         of Class B Common Stock . .            (1,918,000)   (1,918,000)
        Less unamortized restricted stock
         compensation  . . . . . . .              (227,000)     (227,000)
      Net stockholders' equity   . .            24,907,000    24,907,000
     Total capitalization  . . . . .       $    60,226,000  $ 57,726,000

     _________________

     (1)                              See Note 6 to Consolidated
                                      Financial Statements for further
                                      information with respect to the
                                      Company's debt obligations.

     (2)                              Consisting of Industrial Revenue
                                      Bonds due 1998 and other
                                      obligations.  See Note 6 to
                                      Consolidated Financial
                                      Statements.

                       MARKET PRICES OF CAPITAL STOCK

          The Company's Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock
     trades on the AMEX (Symbols:  DRSA and DRSB, respectively).  The
     following table sets forth for each period indicated the high and
     low closing sales prices of the Company's Class A Common Stock
     and Class B Common Stock, as reported by the American Stock
     Exchange Monthly Market Statistics: 

                                   Class A Common Stock*  Class B Common Stock*
                                         High    Low         High    Low

     Year Ended March 31, 1994:
       First Quarter . . . . . . . .   $ 4-3/8   $ 2-3/4  $ 4-1/4   $ 2-13/16
       Second Quarter  . . . . . . .     3-7/8     3-1/16   3-13/16   3
       Third Quarter . . . . . . . .     3-11/16   2-15/16  3-1/2     2-3/4
       Fourth Quarter  . . . . . . .     4-1/16    3        4         3

     Year Ended March 31, 1995:
       First Quarter . . . . . . . .     5-1/4     3-5/8    5-1/8     3-3/4
       Second Quarter  . . . . . . .     4-3/4     3-3/4    4-5/8     3-3/4
       Third Quarter   . . . . . . .     4-5/16    3-15/16  4-3/8     3-7/8
       Fourth Quarter  . . . . . . .     5-1/4     4        5-1/2     3-7/8

     Year Ended March 31, 1996:
       First Quarter . . . . . . . .     6-5/8     4-3/4    6-13/16   4-7/8
       Second Quarter  . . . . . . .     7-13/16   6-3/16   7-7/8     5-3/4
       Third Quarter . . . . . . . .     8         7        7-7/8     6-3/4
       Fourth Quarter
						   (through February 20, 1996)     8-11/16   7-5/8    8-5/16    7-3/8
     ________________

     *    As of February 20, 1996, the Class A Common Stock was held
          by 1,416 stockholders (of which 298 were registered holders
          and 1,118 were beneficial holders) and the Class B Common
          Stock was held by 845  stockholders (of which 207 were
          registered holders and 638 were beneficial holders).  See
          "Risk Factors -- Lack of Public Market; Restrictions on
          Resale."

                              DIVIDEND POLICY

          The Company has not paid any cash dividends since 1976.  The
     Company intends to retain future earnings for use in its business
     and does not expect to declare cash dividends in the foreseeable
     future on the Class A Common Stock or the Class B Common Stock,
     which rank pari passu as to dividends and distributions.  The
     Company's 1998 Debentures limit the Company's ability to pay
     dividends or make other distributions on its Class A Common Stock
     and Class B Common Stock.  See Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated
     Financial Statements for information concerning restrictions on
     the declaration or payment of dividends.  The Company's Restated
     Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, also limits the payment
     of dividends under certain circumstances.  See "Description of
     Capital Stock -- Dividends and Distributions."  Any future
     declaration of dividends will be subject to the discretion of the
     Board of Directors of the Company.  The timing, amount and form
     of any future dividends will depend, among other things, on the
     Company's results of operations, financial condition, cash
     requirements, plans of expansion and other factors deemed
     relevant by the Board of Directors.


                    SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

          The following table sets forth selected consolidated
     statements of operations and balance sheet data for the periods
     indicated.  The information for, and as of the end of, each of
     the twelve months in the five year period ended March 31, 1995 is
     derived from the consolidated financial statements of the Company
     for such periods which have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick
     LLP.  The selected consolidated statements of operations data for
     the nine months ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 and the selected
     consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 1995 are
     derived from the unaudited consolidated statements of the
     Company, which include all adjustments which management considers
     necessary for a fair presentation of the data for such periods
     and at such dates, all of which were of a normal recurring
     nature.  The results of the nine months ended December 31, 1995
     are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the
     full year.  The selected consolidated financial data should be
     read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
     Financial Condition and Results of Operations," the consolidated
     financial statements of the Company and the notes thereto, and
     other financial information included elsewhere in this
     Prospectus.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        Nine Months
                                                  Year Ended March 31,                               Ended December 31,
                             1995          1994          1993          1992          1991          1995            1994

SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS DATA:
<S>                      <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Revenues  . . . .        $ 69,930,000  $ 57,820,000  $ 47,772,000  $ 28,925,000  $ 47,762,000  $ 65,628,000  $ 47,404,000
Costs and Expenses         64,836,000    54,372,000    45,461,000    37,032,000    52,812,000    60,289,000    44,143,000
Operating Income (Loss)     5,094,000     3,448,000     2,311,000    (8,107,000)   (5,050,000)    5,339,000     3,261,000
Interest and Related
  Expenses                 (1,372,000)   (1,574,000)   (1,735,000)   (2,198,000)   (2,362,000)   (1,675,000)   (1,020,000)
Other Income, Net             534,000       834,000     1,224,000       944,000     1,677,000       425,000       613,000
Earnings (Loss) before 
  Income Taxes (Benefit)    4,256,000     2,708,000     1,800,000    (9,361,000)   (5,735,000)    4,089,000     2,854,000
Income Taxes (Benefit)      1,652,000     1,093,000       715,000    (4,006,000)   (1,488,000)    1,594,000     1,142,000
Net Earnings (Loss )     $  2,604,000  $  1,615,000  $  1,085,000  $ (5,355,000) $ (4,247,000) $  2,495,000  $  1,712,000

Net Earnings (Loss) per share 
  of Class A and Class B 
  Common Stock(1)        $        .50  $        .30  $        .20  $      (1.01) $       (.79) $        .44  $        .34

OTHER OPERATIONS DATA:

EBITDA(2) . . . .        $  7,574,000  $  6,006,000  $  5,513,000  $ (4,393,000) $   (973,000) $  7,565,000  $  5,228,000
Ratio of Earnings to
  Fixed Charges(3)(4) .          2.9x          2.3x          1.8x             -             -          2.8x          2.7x
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed 
  Charges, as adjusted(3)(5)     1.8x                                                                  2.2x


                                                          March 31,                                   December 31, l995
                               1995         1994          1993          1992          1991        Actual     As Adjusted (6)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:

Working Capital .        $ 20,317,000  $ 19,803,000  $ 17,994,000  $ 17,747,000  $ 24,833,000  $ 40,585,000  $ 38,085,000
Net Property, Plant
  and Equipment             9,849,000     8,893,000     9,768,000    11,602,000    13,904,000    14,728,000    14,728,000
Total Assets  . .          64,590,000    58,836,000    51,948,000    53,904,000    58,527,000    90,770,000    85,631,000
Long-Term Debt, Excluding
  Current Installments     11,732,000    14,515,000    17,290,000    19,958,000    22,240,000    35,319,000    32,819,000
Net Stockholders' Equity   22,509,000    19,759,000    18,115,000    17,047,000    22,300,000    24,907,000    24,907,000
<FN>
     ____________________

     (1)                No cash dividends have been distributed during any
                        of the years in the five-year period ended March
                        31, 1995 or the nine months ended December 31,
                        1995.

     (2)                EBITDA is defined as operating income (loss) plus
                        depreciation and amortization.  EBITDA  is a widely
                        accepted financial indicator of a company's ability
                        to service and incur debt.  EBITDA should not be
                        considered in isolation or as a substitute for net
                        income, cash flows or other consolidated income or
                        cash flow data prepared in accordance with
                        generally accepted accounting principles or as a
                        measure of a company's profitability or liquidity.

     (3)                Earnings used in computing the ratio of earnings to
                        fixed charges consist of earnings before income
                        taxes plus fixed charges.  Fixed charges consist of
                        interest expense, amortization of debt issuance
                        costs and the portion of the Company's rent expense
                        that the Company believes is representative of the
                        interest factor.

     (4)                Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges in
                        fiscal 1992 and fiscal 1991.  Earnings (Loss)
                        before Income Taxes (Benefit) in fiscal 1992 and
                        fiscal 1991 include fixed charges of approximately
                        $2.7 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

     (5)                Adjusted to reflect the application of the proceeds
                        from the Debenture Offering, which was consummated
                        on September 29, 1995 (including the over-allotment
                        option which was exercised on November 3, 1995). 
                        The ratio also assumes additional interest income
                        was earned on the proceeds remaining after the
                        redemption of the Company's 1998 Debentures.  See
                        "Use of Proceeds."

     (6)                Adjusted to give effect to the use of the net
                        proceeds from the Debenture Offering to redeem
                        $4,963,000 of the 1998 Debentures and for the
                        payment of $176,000 of accrued interest thereon as
                        of December 31, 1995.  See "Use of Proceeds."

</TABLE>



                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                                     OF
               FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


          The following is a discussion of the consolidated financial
     condition and results of operations of the Company for the nine
     months ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, and for each of the
     years in the three year period ended March 31, 1995.  This
     section should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated
     Financial Statements of the Company and the notes thereto and
     other financial information included elsewhere in this
     Prospectus.


     OVERVIEW

          During the last three fiscal years, the Company, in
     connection with its strategic plan, acquired several businesses
     with complementary military and commercial products and
     technologies.  The businesses of Technology Applications &
     Service Company ("TAS"), CMC Technology ("CMC") and Laurel
     Technologies ("Laurel"), which joined the Company in the latter
     part of fiscal 1994, became an integral part of the fiscal 1995
     business base and significantly contributed to the Company's
     fiscal 1995 financial performance.  In November 1994, the Company
     acquired Ahead Technology Corporation ("Ahead"), located in Los
     Gatos, California.

     RECENT DEVELOPMENTS


        Shortly after the close of fiscal 1995, the Company signed a
     non-binding letter of intent contemplating the merger of the
     Company with NAI Technologies, Inc. ("NAI"), which the Company
     terminated on July 13, 1995.  Currently, the Company does not
     intend to continue discussions with NAI regarding any proposed
     merger.


          In August 1995, Mr. Leonard Newman was elected Chairman
     Emeritus of the Company and retired as the Chairman of the Board
     and Secretary of the Company.  The Company is currently
     negotiating an employment, non-competition and retirement
     agreement between the Company and Mr. Leonard Newman.  See "--
     Financial Condition and Liquidity - Contingencies."

     RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

          The following table sets forth items in the consolidated
     statements of operations as a percentage of revenues and the
     percentage increase or decrease of those items as compared with
     the prior period.



                         Percentage of Revenues              Percentage Change
                                                                          Nine
                                                                          Months
                                                                          Ended
                                                                          Decem
                                                                          ber
                                                                          31,
                                                                          1995
                                                Nine                      vs.
                                                Months                    Nine
                                                Ended                     Months
                     Year Ended March 31,    December 31,                 Ended
                                                            Fiscal Fiscal Decem
                                                              1995  1994  ber
                                                               vs.   vs.  31,
                     1995     1994    1993    1995    1994    1994  1993  1994
                                                            
Revenues            100.0%   100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  20.9%  21.0%  38.4%
Costs and Expenses   92.7     94.0    95.2    91.9    93.1   19.2   19.6   36.6
Operating Income      7.3      6.0     4.8     8.1     6.9   47.7   49.2   63.7
Interest and Related
  Expenses           (2.0)    (2.7)   (3.6)   (2.5)   (2.2) (12.8)  (9.3)  64.2
Other Income, Net      .8      1.4     2.6     0.6     1.3  (36.0) (31.9) (30.7)
Earnings before
  Income Taxes        6.1      4.7     3.8     6.2     6.0   57.2   50.4   43.3
Income Taxes          2.4      1.9     1.5     2.4     2.4   51.1   52.9   39.6
Net Earnings          3.7%     2.8%    2.3%    3.8%    3.6%  61.2%  48.8%  45.7%



     COMPARISON OF NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 WITH NINE
     MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994

          Revenues for the nine-month period ended December 31, 1995
     increased 38.4% to $65.6 million from $47.4 million for the same
     nine-month period in fiscal 1995.  The revenue growth was due
     primarily to increased shipments of display workstations and data
     storage systems, as well as from higher commercial product sales. 
     In addition, revenue growth was partly due to higher sales of
     electro-optical systems following the acquisition of
     substantially all of the assets of Opto Mechanik, Inc. on July 5,
     1995 (the "OMI Asset Acquisition").

          Operating income for the nine-month period ended December
     31, 1995 increased 63.7% to $5.3 million from $3.3 million for
     the same nine-month period in fiscal 1995.  Operating income as a
     percentage of revenues was 8.1% for the nine-month period ended
     December 31, 1995 as compared with 6.9% for the comparable prior
     year period.  Higher operating income was due primarily to the
     overall increase in revenues, together with higher margins on the
     company's commercial products.

          Interest and related expenses were $1.7 million for the nine
     months ended December 31, 1995 as compared to $1.0 million for
     the comparable prior year period.  The increase for the period
     was primarily due to the increase in debt associated with the
     Debenture Offering, offset in part by a reduction in interest
     resulting from repurchases of the Company's 1998 Debentures, in
     satisfaction of the August 1, 1995 sinking fund requirement for
     this debt.

          Other income, net, was $0.4 million for the nine-month
     period ended December 31, 1995, representing a decrease from $0.6
     million in the comparable prior year period.  This decrease was
     due to a gain on the sale of fixed assets of approximately $0.2
     million in the third quarter of fiscal 1995, offset in part by
     interest earned on higher average cash balances this fiscal year,
     primarily resulting from the net proceeds generated from the
     Debentures.

          The Company's effective tax rate for the nine-month period
     ended December 31, 1995 was 39%, as compared to 40% in the
     comparable prior year period.  The Company records income tax
     expense based on an estimated effective income tax rate for the
     full fiscal year.  The effective income tax rate and the
     components of income tax expense for the nine months ended
     December 31, 1995 did not significantly change from those of the
     fiscal year ended March 31, 1995.  The provision for income taxes
     includes all estimated income taxes payable to federal and state
     governments as applicable.


     COMPARISON OF FISCAL 1995 WITH FISCAL 1994

          Revenues for fiscal 1995 increased 21% to $69.9 million from
     $57.8 million in fiscal 1994.  The increase during fiscal 1995
     was primarily attributable to revenues from the display,
     manufacturing and video broadcast product lines of TAS, CMC and
     Laurel, which were included in the Company's results for the full
     year.  In addition, commercial revenues increased $4.3 million to
     approximately $6.4 million in fiscal 1995 primarily as a result
     of the Company's November 1994 acquisition of Ahead, which
     contributed approximately $2.7 million in revenues for the fiscal
     1995 period.  Revenues from the Company's core signal processing,
     display, data storage and optical product lines experienced a
     slight decrease during fiscal 1995, as development efforts on
     several major programs were substantially completed, and the
     receipt of certain new awards was delayed into the latter part of
     the year.

          Operating income for fiscal 1995 increased 48% to $5.1
     million from $3.4 million in fiscal 1994.  Operating income as a
     percentage of revenues was 7% for fiscal 1995 as compared to 6%
     in fiscal 1994.  Such increases are attributable to higher fiscal
     1995 revenues and the contribution of higher margin commercial
     products to the Company's business base and the positive impact
     of management's continuing cost reduction efforts.

          Interest and related expenses for fiscal 1995 decreased 13%
     to $1.4 million from $1.6 million in fiscal 1994.  The decrease
     was a result of the reduction in the Company's long-term debt. 
     The Company repurchased approximately $2.7 million of its 1998
     Debentures during fiscal 1995, which were used principally to
     satisfy the August 1, 1994 mandatory sinking fund requirement for
     the debt.

          Other income, net, for fiscal 1995 decreased 36% to $.5
     million from $.8 million in fiscal 1994.  This decrease was
     primarily attributable to lower gains from the repurchases of
     1998 Debentures of $.2 million.  Substantially all 1998
     Debentures repurchased during fiscal 1995 were at prices
     approximating par value.

          The Company's effective income tax rate in fiscal 1995 and
     1994 was 39% and 40%, respectively.

     COMPARISON OF FISCAL 1994 WITH FISCAL 1993

          Revenues for fiscal 1994 increased 21% to $57.8 million from
     $47.8 million in fiscal 1993.  The revenue increase reflects the
     contribution of the recently acquired product lines of TAS, CMC
     and Laurel.  Revenues from core signal processing, display,
     recording and optical product lines shifted to those from
     contracts awarded primarily within the 1994 and 1993 fiscal
     years.  Revenues from older contracts for such products were not
     as significant as in fiscal 1993, as a result of the completion
     or near-completion of these contracts during the year.

          Operating income for fiscal 1994 increased 49% to $3.4
     million from $2.3 million in fiscal 1993.  Operating income as a
     percentage of revenues was 6% in fiscal 1994 as compared to 5% in
     fiscal 1993.  Such increases are attributable to higher fiscal
     1994 revenues, lower costs as a result of improved efficiencies
     and the substantial completion during fiscal 1993 of two fixed-
     price development contracts on which the Company incurred write-
     offs for cost overruns.

          Interest and related expenses decreased 9% to $1.6 million
     in fiscal 1994 from $1.7 million in fiscal 1993.  This decrease
     reflects the Company's retirement of $2.5 million of principal on
     its 1998 Debentures during the first half of fiscal 1994,
     pursuant to the mandatory sinking fund requirement for the debt. 
     The Company also repurchased an additional $.1 million in
     principal amount of the 1998 Debentures during the latter half of
     fiscal 1994.

          Other income, net, for fiscal 1994 decreased 32% to $.8
     million from $1.2 million in fiscal 1993.  Fiscal 1994 results
     included gains on the repurchases of 1998 Debentures, described
     previously, of approximately $.3 million, while fiscal 1993 gains
     for similar transactions amounted to $.5 million.

          The Company's effective income tax rate in both fiscal 1994
     and 1993 was 40%.

     FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY


          Cash and Cash Flow.  Cash and cash equivalents at December
     31, 1995 and March 31, 1995 represented approximately 25% and
     17%, respectively, of total assets.  During the nine-month period
     ended December 31, 1995, cash increased $11.9 million.  This
     increase was primarily the result of the private placement of
     $20,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures on
     September 29, 1995, and the additional placement of $5,000,000 in
     aggregate principal amount of the Debentures, pursuant to an
     over-allotment option, completed on November 3, 1995.  In
     addition, approximately $2.4 million was generated from sales of
     certain fixed assets.  These contributions to cash were offset by
     uses of:  (i) approximately $4.1 million in the OMI Asset
     Acquisition; (ii) approximately $2.2 million for repurchases of
     outstanding 1998 Debentures in satisfaction of the August 1, 1995
     sinking fund requirement for such debt; and (iii) approximately
     $3.7 million for capital expenditures.  Additionally,
     approximately $3.5 million was used in support of operations,
     primarily for material procurement.


          Cash and cash equivalents at March 31, 1995 of $11.2 million
     was down $4.3 million from the balance at March 31, 1994.  Cash
     represented 17% of total assets at the end of fiscal 1995, as
     compared with 26% in fiscal 1994.  During fiscal 1995, cash
     generated by operations amounted to $2.5 million.  In comparison,
     cash generated by operations during fiscal 1994 was $10.2
     million.  The reduction in the amount of cash generated by
     operations during fiscal 1995 was primarily attributable to the
     build-up in inventory which occurred during fiscal 1995 in
     preparation for the fiscal 1996 production and shipment of
     products under several significant development contracts.  Cash
     used in investing and financing activities during fiscal 1995
     totalled $3.8 million and $3.0 million, respectively, primarily
     attributable to purchases of capital equipment for $2.5 million,
     the acquisition of Ahead for $1.5 million and the repurchase of
     1998 Debentures for $2.7 million.


          Capital expenditures during fiscal 1996, excluding assets
     acquired as a result of the OMI Asset Acquisition, are expected
     to approximate $4.4 million.  The majority of these expenditures
     will be for facilities improvements, as well as for computer and
     laboratory-related equipment, which will be required to support
     the Company's growth.



         Working capital as of December 31, 1995 was $40.6 million,
     as compared to $20.3 million at March 31, 1995.  The increase was
     primarily due to higher cash balances resulting from the
     Debenture Offering.  Net proceeds from the Debenture Offering
     were used on February 16, 1996 to repurchase approximately $5.0
     million in principal amount of outstanding 1998 Debentures, for
     working capital requirements and for future acquisition-related
     transactions. During the first quarter of fiscal 1996, the
     Company obtained a $5.0 million unsecured line of credit from
     NatWest Bank, in order to supplement its working capital needs. 
     This line of credit expired on December 31, 1995 and has not been
     renewed.  As of August 1995, the Company satisfied its $2.5
     million sinking fund obligation under the 1998 Debentures.  
     Although the Company continues to seek acquisition opportunities
     consistent with its business strategy and is engaged in
     discussions regarding potential acquisitions, the Company does
     not currently have any agreement or understanding regarding any
     potential acquisition.  The Company believes that its current
     working capital position is sufficient to support operational
     needs as well as its near-term business objectives.



          Accounts Receivable and Inventories.   Accounts receivable
     increased approximately $3.2 million in the nine-month period
     ended December 31, 1995, primarily resulting from increased
     billings associated with certain contracts and, to a lesser
     extent, from the OMI Asset Acquisition.  Accounts receivable were
     approximately $17.4 million at March 31, 1995, an increase of
     $1.9 million from the balance at March 31, 1994.  This increase
     was primarily attributable to significant shipments on several
     contracts which occurred toward the end of the fiscal year.  The
     Company receives progress payments on certain contracts from the
     U.S. Government of between 80-100% of allowable costs incurred. 
     The remainder, including profits and incentive fees, is billed to
     its customers based upon delivery and final acceptance of all
     products.  In addition, the Company may bill its customers based
     upon units delivered.   Generally, there are no contract
     provisions for retainage, and all accounts receivable are
     expected to be collected within one year.



         Inventories increased by approximately $4.8 million during
     the first nine months of fiscal 1996, primarily due to increased
     material procurement related to higher production activity on
     certain display workstation programs.  The increase in
     inventories was also due, in part, to the OMI Asset Acquisition. 
     The net inventory balance at March 31, 1995 was $11.7 million, an
     increase of $6.7 million from the balance at March 31, 1994.  As
     mentioned previously, the Company experienced a build-up in
     inventory during fiscal 1995 in preparation for production and
     shipment on several major development contracts.  In addition,
     the terms of certain production contracts in process during
     fiscal 1995, specifically those with foreign governments, did not
     provide for progress billings.  In such cases, the Company is
     required to fund the cost of inventory until such time as
     shipments are made.



          Long-Term Debt.  Long-term debt outstanding increased by
     approximately $23.6 million during the nine-month period ended
     December 31, 1995 to $35.3 million, primarily due to the
     Debenture Offering.  Long-term debt outstanding decreased by
     approximately $2.8 million during fiscal 1995.  The reduction in
     outstanding debt during fiscal 1995 was primarily attributable to
     the $2.5 million mandatory sinking fund obligation on the 1998
     Debentures, as well as the mandatory redemption of $.2 million in
     principal amount on the Company's industrial revenue bonds (the
     "Revenue Bonds") on January 1, 1995.  The Company is subject to
     annual redemptions on the Revenue Bonds through 1998.  At
     December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1995, the Company had
     approximately $1.9 million in principal amount of Revenue Bonds
     outstanding, subject to annual redemptions through 1998.  The
     principal amount of the Revenue Bonds to be redeemed varies each
     year in accordance with the redemption schedule provided in the
     indenture.  Under the terms of the Revenue Bonds, the Company is
     a guarantor under a letter of credit arrangement and has agreed
     to certain financial covenants (see Note 6 of Notes to
     Consolidated Financial Statements).  The Company must realize a
     certain level of profits during each quarter of fiscal 1996 to be
     in compliance with these covenants.



          Stockholders' Equity.  Net stockholders' equity increased by
     $2.4 million during the nine-month period ended December 31, 1995
     to $24.9 million and increased by $2.8 million during fiscal 1995
     to $22.5 million, primarily as a result of net earnings of $1.6
     million and $2.6 million generated for the respective periods.


          In July 1994, pursuant to a stock purchase agreement between
     the Company and David E. Gross, its former President and Chief
     Technical Officer, the Company purchased 659,220 shares of its
     Class A Common Stock and 45,179 shares of its Class B Common
     Stock owned by Mr. Gross, at a price of $4.125 and $4.00 per
     share, respectively, totalling approximately $2.9 million in cash
     (the "Buy-back").  On October 18, 1994, the Company filed a
     registration statement on form S-2 and on November 10, 1994, the
     Company filed Amendment No. 1 to such registration statement with
     the SEC for the purpose of selling shares of its common stock
     purchased in the Buy-back.  The Company sold 650,000 shares of
     its Class A Common Stock and 45,000 shares of its Class B Common
     Stock, at prices of $4.125 and $4.00 per share, respectively,
     totalling approximately $2.9 million pursuant to the offering.


          Backlog.  At December 31, 1995, the Company's backlog of
     orders was approximately $147 million as compared to $126 million
     at March 31, 1995.  The increase in backlog for the first nine
     months of the fiscal year was due to the net effect of bookings,
     partially offset by revenues, and the addition of approximately
     $16 million of backlog from the OMI Asset Acquisition.  New
     contract awards of approximately $71 million were booked during
     the nine-month period ended December 28, 1995.  As of January 28,
     1996, backlog totalled approximately $147 million, including
     approximately $16 million of backlog from the OMI Asset
     Acquisition.  


          The Company closed fiscal 1995 with a funded backlog of
     $126.0 million representing an $8.5 million decrease from backlog
     at March 31, 1994.  Included in the fiscal 1995 year-end backlog
     is approximately $2.2 million of commercial orders.  New business
     awards during fiscal 1995 totalled approximately $61.4 million
     and included approximately $5.8 million of new commercial orders. 
     Significant awards received during the year included $5.9 million
     in contracts from the Naval Air Systems Command to produce
     additional quantities of A/U36M-1(V) Weapons Boresight Equipment
     for the Marine Corps' AH-1W Cobra helicopters, approximately $9.4
     million from the Government Systems Group of Unisys Corporation
     to provide portions of the AN/UYQ-70 Advanced Display System and
     a $4.9 million contract with the U.S. Navy to provide Readiness
     Trainer Systems for the Mobile In-shore Undersea Warfare System
     Upgrade program.  Contract awards for the Company's 8mm video
     recorder products totalled approximately $5.4 million and
     included a $3.1 million award from the Naval Air Systems Command
     to equip the U.S. Navy's F/A-18 Hornet carrier-based aircraft
     with WRR-818 8mm video recorders.  The Company also received
     funding under a $12.5 million not-to-exceed contract from
     Lockheed Aeronautical Systems Company to provide engineering
     services and modified AN/USH-42 Mission Recording Systems for
     deployment on the U.S. Navy's S-3B Viking carrier-based jet
     aircraft, as well as additional funding under a multi-year
     contract with the U.S. Navy, initially received in fiscal 1994,
     to provide combat-system display consoles for land-based
     applications.

          Approximately 84%, 94% and 83% of revenues in fiscal 1995,
     1994 and 1993, respectively, were derived directly or indirectly
     from contracts or subcontracts with the U.S. Government,
     principally the U.S. Navy.  Included in revenues for fiscal 1995,
     1994 and 1993 were $18.8 million, $27.5 million and $19.2
     million, respectively, of customer-sponsored research and
     development, which were the result of contract agreements
     directly or indirectly with the U.S. Government.

          The Debenture Offering.  On September 29, 1995 (the
     "Debenture Closing Date"), the Company issued $20,000,000 in
     aggregate principal amount of the Debentures pursuant to the
     Debenture Offering.  Net proceeds from the private placement of
     these Debentures were approximately $19,000,000.  On November 3,
     1995, the Company issued an additional $5,000,000 in aggregate
     principal amount of the Debentures, upon exercise of the over-
     allotment option pursuant to the Purchase Agreement between the
     Company and the Initial Purchaser, dated September 22, 1995.  Net
     proceeds from the exercise of the over-allotment option were
     approximately $4,750,000.  Pursuant to the related Registration
     Rights Agreement dated September 22, 1995 between the Company and
     the Initial Purchaser, acting on behalf of holders of the
     Debentures (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), the Company has
     agreed to file, within ninety (90) days after the Debenture
     Closing Date, a shelf registration statement relating to the
     Debentures and the shares of Class A Common Stock which are
     issuable from time to time upon conversion of the Debentures, and
     to cause the shelf registration statement to become effective
     within one hundred fifty (150) days after the Debenture Closing
     Date.  In addition, the Company has agreed to use its reasonable
     best efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective
     until at least the third anniversary of the issuance of the
     Debentures.  The Company has filed a registration statement on
     Form S-1 of which this Prospectus is a part in compliance with
     its obligation under the Registration Rights Agreement to file a
     shelf registration statement.  In connection with these
     transactions, the Company expects to incur approximately $500,000
     of professional fees and other costs.  These costs, together with
     the Initial Purchaser's commissions in connection with the
     Debenture Offering, will be amortized ratably through the
     maturity date of the Debentures.  See "Description of the
     Debentures."


          Letter of Credit.  The Company's Revenue Bonds are supported
     by an irrevocable, direct-pay letter of credit in an amount equal
     to the principal balance plus interest thereon for 45 days.  At
     December 31, 1995, the contingent liability of the Company as
     guarantor under the letter of credit was approximately
     $1,930,000.  The Company has collateralized the letter of credit
     with accounts receivable and has also agreed to certain financial
     covenants, including the maintenance of:  (i) a certain minimum
     ratio of consolidated tangible net worth to total debt (the "Debt
     Ratio"), (ii) a certain minimum quarterly ratio of earnings
     before interest and taxes to interest (the "Interest Ratio"), and
     (iii) a certain minimum balance of billed and unbilled accounts
     receivable ("Eligible Receivables").  At December 31, 1995, the
     covenants required:  (i) a Debt Ratio of 0.6:1, (ii) an Interest
     Ratio of 1.5:1 and (iii) Eligible Receivables of $2,500,000.  As
     a result of the issuance of $25,000,000 aggregate principal
     amount of the Debentures, the Debt Ratio at December 31, 1995 was
     0.4:1.  The Company has obtained a waiver, renewable quarterly,
     from the bank of the required debt ratio and is in compliance
     with all covenants under the letter of credit.


          Contingencies.  The books and records of the Company are
     subject to audit and post-award review by the Defense Contract
     Audit Agency.  The Company is not a party to any legal
     proceedings with the U.S. Government.

          Certain Agreements.  Effective July 20, 1994, the Company
     entered into an Employment, Non-Competition and Termination
     Agreement (the "Gross Agreement") and a Stock Purchase Agreement
     (the "Gross Stock Purchase Agreement") with David E. Gross, its
     former President and Chief Technical Officer.  Under the terms of
     the Gross Agreement, Mr. Gross will receive a total of $600,000
     over a five-year period as compensation for his services pursuant
     to a five-year consulting arrangement with the Company and a
     total of $750,000 over a five-year period as consideration for a
     five-year non-compete arrangement.  The payments will be charged
     to expense over the term of the Gross Agreement as services are
     performed and obligations are fulfilled by Mr. Gross.  Mr. Gross
     will also receive at the conclusion of such initial five-year
     period, an aggregate of approximately $1.3 million payable over a
     nine-year period as deferred compensation.  The net present value
     of the payments to be made to Mr. Gross pursuant to the deferred
     compensation portion of the Gross Agreement approximated the
     amount of the Company's previous deferred compensation
     arrangement with Mr. Gross.  In addition to the Buy-back, the
     Gross Stock Purchase Agreement also provides that (i) the Company
     has a right of first refusal with respect to the sale by Mr. 
     Gross of any of the remaining shares of common stock of the
     Company held by Mr. Gross in excess of 20,000 shares, (ii) any
     shares of common stock of the Company held by Mr. Gross must be
     voted pro rata in accordance with the vote of the Company's other
     stockholders and (iii) in the event of a change in control of the
     Company within three years from the date of the Gross Stock
     Purchase Agreement, Mr. Gross will receive a percentage of the
     difference between the price per share paid to Mr. Gross pursuant
     to the Buy-back and the price per share received by the
     stockholders of the Company pursuant to the change of control
     transaction, less an interest factor, as defined in the Gross
     Stock Purchase Agreement, on the aggregate amount paid to Mr.
     Gross pursuant to the Buy-back. 

          The Company is currently negotiating an employment, non-
     competition and retirement agreement (the "Newman Agreement")
     between the Company and Leonard Newman, its former Chairman of
     the Board and Secretary of the Company.  Pursuant to the Newman
     Agreement, it is expected that Mr. Newman will receive certain
     compensation from the Company over a five-year period for
     consulting services and a non-compete arrangement.  In addition,
     Mr. Newman will receive certain retirement benefits payable over
     a ten-year period at the conclusion of such initial five-year
     period.  Results of operations for fiscal 1995 reflect a charge
     of $1.5 million representing the estimated net present value of
     the Company's obligation under the Newman Agreement.  The
     corresponding amount was included in Other Liabilities in the
     Consolidated Balance Sheet at March 31, 1995 as an addition to
     the accrual which had been established to cover the Company's
     liability to Mr. Newman under a previous deferred compensation
     arrangement.

          Inflation.  The Company has experienced the effects of
     inflation through increased costs of labor, services and raw
     materials.  Although a majority of the Company's revenues are
     derived from long-term contracts, the selling prices of such
     contracts generally reflect estimated costs to be incurred in the
     applicable future periods.

     ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

          Income Taxes.  In February 1992, the Financial Accounting
     Standards Board (the "FASB") issued Statement of Financial
     Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes"
     ("SFAS 109").  Under the asset and liability method of SFAS 109,
     deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future
     tax consequences attributable to differences between the
     financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and
     liabilities and their respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets
     and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to
     apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
     differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  Under SFAS
     109, the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a
     change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that
     includes the enactment date.

          Effective April 1, 1993, the Company adopted SFAS 109. 
     Until March 31, 1993, the Company used the asset and liability
     method of accounting for income taxes, as set forth in Statement
     of Financial Accounting Standards No. 96, "Accounting for Income
     Taxes" ("SFAS 96").  Under SFAS 96, deferred income taxes are
     recognized by applying statutory tax rates to the difference
     between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of
     assets and liabilities.  The statutory tax rates applied are
     those applicable to the years in which the differences are
     expected to reverse.  The cumulative effect of adopting SFAS 109
     was not material to the Company's consolidated results of
     operations or financial position.

          Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions.  In December
     1990, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
     No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other
     Than Pensions" ("SFAS 106").  The Company adopted SFAS 106 during
     the first quarter of fiscal 1994, and its adoption did not have a
     material impact on the Company's consolidated results of
     operations or financial position.

          Postemployment Benefits.  In November 1992, the FASB issued
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 112, "Employers'
     Accounting for Postemployment Benefits" ("SFAS 112").  The
     Company adopted SFAS 112 during the first quarter of fiscal 1995,
     and its adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's
     consolidated results of operations or financial position.

     ACQUISITIONS AND RELATED ACTIVITIES

          On October 1, 1993, the Company acquired, through TAS
     Acquisition Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, a
     95.7% equity interest in TAS, a Maryland corporation, pursuant to
     a stock purchase agreement (the "TAS Agreement") dated as of
     August 6, 1993.  TAS, headquartered in Gaithersburg, Maryland,
     was a privately-held company incorporated in early 1991.  Under
     the terms of the TAS Agreement, the Company paid $15.10 in cash
     for a total of 97,317 issued and outstanding shares of common
     stock, par value $.01 per share, of TAS.  The price paid by the
     Company for the shares of TAS common stock was obtained from the
     Company's working capital.  On September 30, 1993, the Company,
     in anticipation of the acquisition, advanced $1.8 million to TAS
     pursuant to a demand promissory note.  Such advance was converted
     to an intercompany liability on the date of the acquisition and
     was eliminated in consolidation.  On November 1, 1993, Articles
     of Merger were filed in order to merge TAS into TAS Acquisition
     Corp.  The name TAS Acquisition Corp. was changed to Technology
     Applications & Service Company.

          The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase
     method of accounting.  The excess of cost over the estimated fair
     value of net assets acquired was approximately $.4 million and
     will be amortized on a straight-line basis over 30 years, or
     $14,000 annually.

          On December 13, 1993, the Company, through its wholly-owned
     subsidiary, DRSSMC, entered into a partnership with Laurel
     Technologies, Inc. of Johnstown, Pennsylvania.  Pursuant to a
     Joint Venture Agreement dated November 3, 1993 and a Partnership
     Agreement dated December 13, 1993, between DRSSMC and Laurel
     Technologies, Inc., Laurel was formed for the purposes of
     electronic cable and harness manufacturing, military-quality
     circuit card assembly and other related activities.  The
     Company's contribution to Laurel consisted of cash, notes and
     equipment valued at approximately $.6 million, representing an
     80% controlling interest in Laurel.  As a result, the financial
     position and results of operations of Laurel since December 13,
     1993 have been consolidated with those of the Company's.  The
     related minority interest in Laurel has been included in "Other
     Liabilities" and "Other Income, Net," respectively, in the
     Company's consolidated financial statements for the period ended
     March 31, 1995 and 1994.

          Also during December 1993, the Company acquired certain
     assets of CMC, located in Santa Clara, California, for
     approximately $.4 million.  CMC primarily refurbishes magnetic
     video recording rotary-head scanner assemblies for post-
     production facilities and television broadcast stations
     worldwide.  This acquisition provides the Company with a key
     customer base in the commercial video recording systems industry.

          On November 17, 1994, the Company acquired, through a
     wholly-owned subsidiary of Precision Echo ("Precision
     Acquisition"), the net assets of Ahead, pursuant to an asset
     purchase agreement (the "Ahead Asset Purchase Agreement"), dated
     October 28, 1994.  Under the terms of the Ahead Asset Purchase
     Agreement, Precision Acquisition paid, on the date of
     acquisition, approximately $1.1 million for the net assets of
     Ahead.  In addition, Precision Acquisition entered into a
     Covenant and Agreement Not to Compete (the "Covenant"), dated
     October 28, 1994, with the chairman of the board of Ahead.  Under
     the terms of the Covenant Agreement, the total cash consideration
     to be paid by Precision Acquisition consisted of approximately
     $.4 million payable at the acquisition date, and an additional
     $.5 million, payable in equal monthly installments over a period
     of five years from the acquisition date.

          The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase
     method of accounting and, therefore, Ahead's financial statements
     are included in the consolidated financial statements of the
     Company from the date of acquisition.  The excess of cost over
     the estimated fair value of net assets acquired was approximately
     $.9 million and will be amortized on a straight-line basis over 5
     years, or approximately $.2 million annually.  The acquisition
     had no significant effect on the Company's consolidated financial
     position or results of operations.


          On July 5, 1995 (the "OMI Closing Date"), Photronics Corp.,
     a New York corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
     Company ("Photronics Corp."), acquired (through OMI, a Delaware
     corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Photronics Corp.),
     substantially all of the assets of Opto Mechanik, Inc. ("Opto"),
     a Delaware corporation, pursuant to an Agreement for Acquisition
     of Assets dated May 24, 1995, as amended July 5, 1995, between
     Photronics Corp. and Opto (the "OMI Agreement"), and approved by
     the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of
     Florida on June 23, 1995.  OMI, now located in Palm Bay, Florida,
     designs and manufactures electro-optical sighting and targeting
     systems used primarily in military fire control devices and in
     various weapons systems.



          Pursuant to the OMI Agreement, the Company paid a total of
     $5,450,000 consisting of (i) $1,150,000 in cash to PNC Bank,
     Kentucky, Inc. ("PNC"), (ii) a note to PNC in the principal
     amount of $1,450,000 payable in forty eight (48) equal monthly
     installments of principal and interest commencing with the first
     day of the month subsequent to the OMI Closing Date (the "PNC
     Note"), (iii) $2,550,000 in cash to MetLife Capital Corporation
     and (iv) a note in the principal amount of $300,000 to Opto
     payable in six (6) equal monthly installments of principal and
     interest commencing on August 5, 1995 (the "Opto Note").  The PNC
     Note bears interest at a floating rate equal to the lesser of (i)
     PNC's stated prime interest rate plus 0.5% or (ii) the prime rate
     as reported by the Wall Street Journal plus 0.5%.  The Opto Note
     bears interest at a rate of 9.5% per annum.  Professional fees
     and other costs associated with the acquisition were capitalized
     as part of the total purchase price.  Total cash consideration
     paid in the acquisition was obtained from the Company's working
     capital.

          The acquisition of the assets of Opto has been accounted for
     under the purchase method.  The cost of the acquisition has been
     allocated on the basis of the estimated fair market value of the
     assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.  The fair value of
     the assets acquired represented slightly less than 10% of the
     total assets of the Company as of March 31, 1995.

          Prior to the asset acquisition, on October 11, 1994, Opto
     filed a petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
     Bankruptcy Code.  For the twelve months ended March 31, 1995,
     Opto had revenues of approximately $13.9 million and an operating
     loss of approximately $6.6 million, primarily attributable to
     excessive labor and overhead costs, which the Company believes
     caused significant cost overruns on substantially all of Opto's
     contracts.

          The operating results of OMI, the acquiring corporation,
     have been included in the Company's reported operating results
     since the date of acquisition.  For the period from the date of
     acquisition to December 31, 1995, revenues generated in respect
     of the assets acquired constituted approximately 10% of the
     consolidated revenues of the Company for that period.  These
     assets were operated at a modest profit, which was less than 10%
     of the consolidated operating income of the Company for such
     period.  Interest expense for such period incurred in connection
     with the acquired assets was immaterial to the Company's
     consolidated results of operations.  At the present time, there
     is no single contract being performed or to be performed with the
     acquired assets which is expected to significantly affect the
     Company's operating results in the foreseeable future.  The
     business currently being conducted with such assets is subject to
     risks and uncertainties similar to those of the Company as a
     whole.  See "Risk Factors" and "Business -- Industry
     Consolidation."

          Since the asset acquisition, the Company has relocated a
     portion of the Electro-Optical Systems Group's manufacturing
     operations from Hauppauge, New York to OMI's new location in Palm
     Bay, Florida.  The Company expects to realize certain cost
     benefits and other efficiencies as a result of this
     consolidation.  See "The Company -- Company Organization" and
     Business -- Strategy."

          On February 6, 1996, pursuant to a Joint Venture Agreement,
     dated February 6, 1996, by and among DRS/MS, Inc. ("DRS/MS"), a
     wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, Universal Sonics
     Corporation ("Universal Sonics"), a New Jersey corporation, Ron
     Hadani, Howard Fidel and Thomas S. Soulos, and a Partnership
     Agreement, dated February 6, 1996, by and between DRS/MS and
     Universal Sonics, the Company entered into a partnership with
     Universal Sonics (the "Partnership") for the purpose of
     developing, manufacturing and marketing medical ultrasound
     imaging equipment.  The Company's contribution to the Partnership
     consisted of $400,000 in cash and certain managerial expertise
     and manufacturing capabilities, representing a 90% interest in
     the Partnership.

          On February 9, 1996, Precision Echo acquired (through Ahead
     Technology Acquisition Corporation ("Ahead Acquisition"), a
     Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Precision
     Echo), certain assets and assumed certain liabilities
     (principally, obligations under property leases) of Mag-Head
     Engineering Company, Inc. ("Mag-Head"), a Minnesota corporation,
     pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 9,
     1996, by and among Mag-Head and Ahead Acquisition for
     approximately $400,000 in cash.  Mag-Head produces audio and
     flight recorder heads.



                                  BUSINESS

     GENERAL

          The Company designs, manufactures and markets high-
     technology computer workstations for the U.S. Department of
     Defense, electro-optical targeting systems for military customers
     and image and data storage products for both military and
     commercial customers.  In response to a 1992 mandate by the Joint
     Chiefs of Staff, the Company focuses on "commercial-off-the-
     shelf" ("COTS") product designs, whereby commercial electronic
     components are adapted, upgraded and "ruggedized" for application
     in harsh military environments.  The Company believes that
     military expenditures on electronic systems and equipment will
     grow in coming years as the nature of modern warfare dictates
     increasing reliance on real-time, accurate battlefield
     information and the electronic content and sophistication of
     defense systems increases.

          Using COTS designs, the Company develops and delivers its
     products with significantly less development time and expense
     compared to traditional military product cycles, generally
     resulting in shorter lead times, lower costs and the employment
     of the latest information and computing technologies.  The COTS
     process entails the purchasing, refitting, upgrading (of both
     hardware and software) and "ruggedization" (repackaging,
     remounting and stress testing to withstand harsh military
     environments) of readily available commercial components.  The
     design and manufacture of COTS-based products is a complex
     process requiring specific engineering capabilities, extensive
     knowledge of military platforms to which the equipment will be
     applied and in-depth understanding of military operating
     environments and requirements.  

     STRATEGY

          During its last three fiscal years, the Company has
     restructured its management team and implemented strategies to
     exploit the changing nature of military procurement programs
     brought on by the end of the cold war, military budget
     constraints and the COTS mandate.  The Company's strategies
     include:

          *    expanding and diversifying the Company's 
               technology and product base into complementary
               military and commercial markets primarily through
               acquisitions and the forging of strategic
               relationships;

          *    increasing revenue opportunities through the
               design and adaptation of products for use by all
               branches of the military; and

          *    enhancing financial performance through specific
               cost reduction measures and increased
               manufacturing efficiencies.

          To effect these strategies, the Company has (i) acquired
     several businesses with complementary military and commercial
     products and technologies over the last three years; (ii) forged
     strategic relationships with other defense suppliers such as
     Loral Corporation and Westinghouse Electric Corporation, among
     others; (iii) emphasized the development of COTS-based products
     as well as products and systems that are easily adapted to
     similar weapons platforms for use by all branches of the
     military; and (iv) implemented cost reduction programs to reduce
     its fixed-cost base, allow for growth and maintain the
     flexibility of its operations.


          The implementation of these strategies has resulted in
     increasing revenues and profits over the last three fiscal years. 
     Although the Company experienced operating losses in fiscal 1990
     through 1992, primarily due to cost overruns on a single fixed-
     price development contract, a shift over the last several years
     in the nature of military development contracting from fixed-
     price to cost-type contracts has reduced the Company's exposure
     in this area.  For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995, the
     Company had revenues of $69.9 million, net income of $2.6 million
     and earnings per share of $.50, representing increases of 20.9%,
     61.2% and 66.7%, respectively, compared with the year ended March
     31, 1994.  For the nine months ended December 31, 1995, the
     Company had revenues of $65.6 million, net income of $2.5 million
     and fully diluted earnings per share of $.44, representing
     increases of 38.4%, 45.7% and 29.4%, respectively, compared with
     the same nine-month period ended December 31, 1994.


          Acquisitions.  In October 1993 the Company acquired TAS, a
     designer and supplier of advanced command and control software
     and hardware.  TAS' business, which focuses primarily on radar
     displays, augments the Company's core expertise in sonar signal
     processing, allowing the Company to offer complete command and
     control system solutions to its naval customers.  In December
     1993, the Company purchased its 80% interest in Laurel, then
     primarily an assembler of wire harness products for aerospace
     customers.  The addition of Laurel has provided the Company with
     the opportunity to consolidate manufacturing operations at ESG
     and enables the Company to solicit and bid effectively for long-
     term system development and manufacturing contracts.

          The Company acquired CMC in December 1993 and Ahead in
     November 1994.  These acquisitions provide the Company with an
     established computer and recorder products commercial base,
     provide advanced manufacturing capabilities in the area of
     magnetic recorder heads and allow the Company to apply its
     expertise in high technology recorder products to select
     commercial markets.  In July 1995, the Company acquired
     substantially all of the assets that now constitute OMI.  This
     acquisition enables EOSG to expand its electro-optical targeting
     products and manufacturing activities in a lower cost
     manufacturing facility, adds backlog in complementary product
     areas and allows for expansion of the MPBE program.

          Strategic Relationships.  The Company has established
     relationships with other defense suppliers such as  Loral
     Corporation and Westinghouse Electric Corporation, among others.
     The Company acts as a subcontractor to these major contractors
     and may also engage in other development work with such
     contractors.  This enables the Company to diversify its program
     base and increase its opportunities to participate in larger
     military procurement programs.

          Adaptable Product Designs.  The Company's recent focus has
     been on the design and development of products that can be used
     by all branches of the military.  This enables the Company to
     increase revenues, reduce product costs and decrease reliance on
     U.S. Navy procurement programs.  The Company's systems,
     originally designed under a U.S. Navy development contract, are
     open architecture information processing workstations that can be
     applied for use in other branches of the military.  Similarly,
     the Company's boresight products, originally designed for use
     with the U.S. Army's Apache attack helicopter, were specifically
     designed to be adaptable to other air, sea or land-based weapons
     platforms.  The boresight system has been successfully applied to
     the U.S. Marine Corps' Cobra helicopter and proposals have been
     submitted for its use on F-15 and C-130 fixed-wing platforms.

          Cost Reduction Programs.  During the last three fiscal
     years, the Company has streamlined personnel levels, decreased
     rent expenses through facility consolidation and acquired low-
     cost manufacturing operations. The Company is also utilizing more
     efficient manufacturing methods on several projects that are set
     to enter full-scale production in fiscal 1996.

     COMMERCIAL-OFF-THE-SHELF  (COTS) PRODUCT DESIGNS 

          The concept of designing and manufacturing military products
     and systems through the integration and adaptation of existing
     commercial and military products was developed in response to
     both decreasing military budgets and the increasing pace of
     technology.  Management believes  that the adaptation of
     available commercial components and existing military systems to
     new military applications offers two primary advantages over
     traditional military systems development and procurement cycles: 
     (i) it has the potential to save significant amounts of time and
     expenditures in the area of research and development and (ii) as
     commercial product development and production cycles become
     shorter than their military equivalents, the adaptation of
     commercial technology to battlefield systems has the potential to
     shorten military product cycles.  As a result of some of these
     advantages, the use of COTS computer hardware and software that
     can be integrated in common (open architecture) applications and
     systems was mandated by the Joint Chiefs of Staff in 1992.

          COTS entails the purchasing, refitting, upgrading and
     "ruggedization" (repackaging, remounting and stress- testing to
     withstand harsh military operating environments) of available
     commercial components.  Application of the COTS concept to
     electronic systems includes open architecture designs and the
     customization of software for increased flexibility, performance
     and compatibility with existing and future systems.  The Company
     strives to apply a COTS design to most new product designs at
     ESG, EOSG and MTG.  For example, the combination of COTS
     components integrated in an open architecture design allows ESG
     to provide products compatible with existing systems and which
     provide improved performance and the ability to upgrade systems
     at significant cost savings versus the previous generation
     military systems they are intended to replace.  

     MARKET OVERVIEW

          According to a recent Electronics Industry Association
     survey (reportedly based on extensive audits, surveys and
     interviews of Department of Defense and Congressional records and
     personnel), U.S. military expenditures for electronics and
     related equipment were $37 billion in 1994 and are projected to
     grow slowly over the next decade.  The Company believes that the
     market for military electronics and related equipment will grow
     slowly in coming years due to two primary factors:

          First, the nature of modern warfare dictates increasing
     reliance on timely and accurate battlefield information to ensure
     that increasingly costly assets are efficiently deployed and to
     minimize destruction of nonmilitary targets.  In general,
     military engagements have evolved from large-scale undertakings,
     where numerical superiority was the key to dominance, to
     "surgical strikes" where the ability to observe and strike
     accurately and at will from afar has become a major means of both
     deterrence and loss minimization.  Advanced technology has been a
     major factor enabling the increasing precision strike capability
     of the U.S. military and has increased the "per shot" cost of
     arms.  These factors combine to produce a military, economic and
     political environment requiring increased weapons efficiency and
     accuracy.  In addition, real time data is needed for in-theatre
     evaluation, damage assessment and training, as well as to reduce
     and minimize incidents of U.S. casualties due to friendly fire.

          Second, it is often more cost-effective to refit and upgrade
     existing weapons platforms than to replace them.  With the
     development and unit costs of new platforms increasing rapidly
     amid a political and economic environment demanding decreasing
     overall military expenditures, Congress and the military have
     delayed or canceled the implementation of many proposed weapons
     systems, opting instead to improve the performance, and extend
     the life, of existing weapons through improved battlefield
     intelligence and equipment enhancements.  This increasing focus
     on cost efficiencies has manifested itself in the military's COTS
     program.  

     INDUSTRY CONSOLIDATION 

          As the size of the overall defense industry has decreased in
     recent years, there has been an increase in the number of
     consolidations and mergers of defense suppliers and this trend is
     expected to continue.  As the industry consolidates, the large
     (first-tier) defense contractors are narrowing their supplier
     base and awarding increasing portions of projects to strategic second-
      and third-tier suppliers, and in the process becoming oriented
     more toward system integration and assembly.

          As an example of the changing nature of supplier
     relationships, Photronics Corp. has been awarded increasing
     content in the infrared detector assemblies of several missile
     systems by its prime contractors.  In 1988, Photronics Corp.
     supplied only the primary mirror for these systems.  Photronics
     Corp. now supplies the primary, secondary, tertiary and fold
     mirrors, as well as the housing and nose domes for the missiles,
     and is working directly with these prime contractors on the
     electro-optical assemblies for the next generation missiles.

     COMPANY ORGANIZATION AND PRODUCTS

          The Company is organized into three operating groups: 
     Electronic Systems Group ("ESG," 54% of fiscal 1995 revenues),
     Electro-Optical Systems Group ("EOSG," 18% of fiscal 1995
     revenues) and Media Technology Group ("MTG," 28% of fiscal 1995
     revenues).  

          ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS GROUP ("ESG")

          ESG consists of DRS Military Systems ("Military Systems"),
     located in Oakland, New Jersey, TAS, located in Gaithersburg,
     Maryland, and Laurel, located in Johnstown, Pennsylvania.  Also,
     under the direction of TAS is Technical Services Division
     ("TSD"), located in Norfolk, Virginia and San Diego, California.

          Military Systems designs, manufactures and markets signal
     processors and display workstations which are installed on naval
     ships for antisubmarine warfare (ASW) purposes and in land-based
     surveillance systems used for underwater surveillance of harbors
     and coastal locations.   These workstations receive signals from
     a variety of sonar-type sensors, processing the information and
     arranging it in a display format enabling operators to quickly
     interpret the data and inform command personnel of potential
     threats.  Major product lines and contracts include:

          *    AN/UYQ-65:  The AN/UYQ-65 is the first COTS-based
               tactical workstation to be qualified by the U.S. Navy
               and was designed to comply with the stringent
               requirements of the Aegis (DDG-51) shipbuilding
               program.  Replacing the sensor displays in the SQQ-89
               ASW Combat Suite, it employs dual processors enabling
               simultaneous I/O and graphics processing.  This new
               approach allows for required high bandwidth processing
               while maintaining response times for operator/machine
               interfaces.  The system architecture can be adapted to
               meet various interface, cooling, memory, storage and
               processing requirements.  See "Risk Factors -- Limited
               Term of Contracts."

          *    AN/SQR-17A(V)3:  These Mobile In-Shore Undersea Warfare
               (MIUW) systems are deployed in land-based vans,
               utilizing sonobuoys and anchored passive detectors for
               harbor defense, coastal defense and amphibious
               operations surveillance, as well as to enhance drug
               interdiction efforts.  This system is currently being
               procured for utilization in 22 field installations. 
               Military Systems is under contract to provide various
               upgrades to these field installations.

          *    AN/SQQ-TIA: These are portable training systems used
               onboard MIUW vans to simulate actual sonar signal
               processing sets currently used by the U.S. Navy and are
               employed primarily for Navy Reserve training.

          TAS produces tactical (e.g., combat/attack) information
     systems and training systems.  Major product lines and contracts
     include:

          *    AN/UYQ-70:  The AN/UYQ-70 is an advanced, open
               architecture display system designed for widespread
               application through software modification, and is to be
               deployed on Aegis and other surface ships, submarines
               and airborne platforms.  This system was developed for
               the U.S. Navy under subcontract with the Government
               Systems Group of Loral (Unisys) Corporation.  The
               AN/UYQ-70 is a self-contained, microprocessor-based
               unit complete with mainframe interface software
               offering advanced computing and graphic capabilities. 
               These units replace previous generation units that are
               dependent upon a shipboard mainframe computer at
               approximately 25% of the cost of the older units.  This
               project is currently in the pre-production phase. 
               Based upon the size of the naval surface fleet and the
               average number of workstations to be deployed on each
               ship, the Company believes that the potential market
               for this workstation product may be in excess of 5,000
               units over the next decade.

          *    Military Display Emulators:  These are workstations
               that are functionally identical to existing U.S. Navy
               Mil-spec shipboard display consoles, but are built with
               low cost COTS components suitable for landbased
               laboratory environments.  These Military Display
               Emulators are used in U.S. Navy development, test and
               training sites as plug compatible replacements for the
               more expensive shipboard qualified units.  The Company
               is currently delivering these Military Display
               Emulators for use in the Aegis and other U.S. Navy
               programs.

          Laurel, which is 80% owned by DRS through a partnership with
     Laurel Technologies, Inc., and was purchased in December 1993,
     functions as a low-cost manufacturing facility and focuses on two
     areas.  First, Laurel provides manufacturing and product
     integration services for Military Systems and TAS.  ESG's
     workstation and simulator systems, among other products, are
     manufactured in this facility.  Second, Laurel manufactures
     complex cable and wire harness assemblies for large industrial
     customers that are involved in the military and commercial
     aerospace industry.  These products are then installed by the
     customers in a wide variety of rotary blade and fixed-wing aerial
     platforms.

          TSD performs field service and depot level repairs for ESG
     products, as well as other manufacturers' systems.  Principal
     locations are in close proximity to U.S. Naval yards in Norfolk,
     Virginia and San Diego, California.  Services including equipment
     and field change installation, configuration audit, repair,
     testing and maintenance, are performed for the U.S. Navy and, to
     a lesser extent, commercial customers.  TSD has also performed
     work for foreign navies including those of Australia, the
     Republic of China, Egypt, Turkey and Greece.

          MEDIA TECHNOLOGY GROUP ("MTG")

          MTG consists of Precision Echo, Inc. ("PE") located in Santa
     Clara, California, Ahead located in Los Gatos, California and CMC
     located in Santa Clara, California.  PE manufactures a variety of
     digital and analog recording systems utilized for military
     applications including reconnaissance, ASW and other information
     warfare data storage requirements, and is a predominant U.S.
     manufacturer of 8 millimeter military recorders supplied to the
     U.S. armed forces.  PE's products include:

          *    AN/USH-42:  This system was originally developed for
               deployment in the U.S. Navy's A-6E attack aircraft.  PE
               is currently under contract to modify the USH-42 for
               use on the Navy's S-3B ASW aircraft to record radar,
               infrared, bus, navigation and voice data.  

          *    WRR-818:  This ruggedized video recorder, uses certain
               components from commercial video recording equipment,
               has been selected for use in U.S. F/A-18 aircraft and
               several foreign military aircraft.  It has also been
               selected by the U.S. Army for use in its Kiowa warrior
               reconnaissance helicopters.  A similar recorder, the
               WRR-812, has been adapted for use in the Canadian
               Army's light armored reconnaissance vehicles.  

          *    AN/AQH-9 and AN/AQH-12:  These products are high-
               quality helicopter mission recording systems utilized
               to record sonar and mine hunting information and other
               intelligence data. 

          Ahead manufactures burnish, glide and test heads used in the
     production of computer disk drives.  These consumable products
     are used by many U.S. disk drive manufacturers to hone the
     surface and ensure the quality of magnetic disks used in computer
     hard drives.  Customers include Seagate, Conner, Quantum, Komag,
     Store Media, Akashic and Western Digital.

          CMC manufactures and refurbishes commercial video recording
     products for broadcasters operating world-wide.  CMC can
     refurbish pre-1993 head assemblies located on these machines at a
     significant cost savings compared to replacement.  CMC is
     developing, in conjunction with Ahead, the ability to refurbish
     post-1993 recorders used by its customer base.  Ahead also has
     the capability to manufacture recording heads for CMC.  In order
     to foster operational synergies and to allow space for growth,
     Ahead and CMC will be moving into a new joint facility in late
     calendar 1995. 

          ELECTRO-OPTICAL SYSTEMS GROUP ("EOSG")

          EOSG consists of Photronics Corp. located in Hauppauge, New
     York and OMI located in Melbourne, Florida.

          Photronics Corp. produces boresighting equipment (used to
     align and harmonize rotary-wing aircrafts', and armored vehicles'
     navigation, targeting, and weapon systems, as well as pilots'
     helmet sighting system) and electro-optical components used in
     Sidewinder, Stinger and new generation air-to-air and surface-to-
     air missiles.  Photronics Corp. has specialized coating and
     manufacturing processes for primary mirrors used in missiles,
     giving the company a competitive advantage.  Photronics Corp.'s
     primary lines include:

          *    Multiple Platform Boresight Equipment (MPBE):  These
               products can be used on both rotary and fixed-wing
               aircraft, as well as armored vehicles.  MPBE is
               currently used on the Army's Apache helicopters and
               Apache Longbow helicopters and the Marine Corps' Cobra
               helicopters.  Proposals have been submitted to employ
               the system on the C-130 transport and the F-15 fighter. 
               This technology is proprietary to the Company.

          *    Missile Components:  The components produced by
               Photronics Corp. originally consisted of primary
               mirrors used in the nose-mounted infrared seeker of
               Sidewinder and Stinger missiles.  Photronics Corp.'s
               development efforts have resulted in its ability to
               provide increased content to include the secondary,
               tertiary and fold mirrors, housing and nose dome. 
               Photronics Corp. is currently under contract to produce
               infrared components and subassemblies on many of the
               next generation infrared missile systems.


     Photronics Corp. has produced all major electro-optical
     components such as MPBE and missile products in Hauppauge since
     1986.  In July 1995, DRS acquired substantially all of the assets
     of Opto previously located in  Melbourne, Florida through OMI. 
     In order to reduce its production costs, Photronics Corp.
     consolidated a portion of its manufacturing operations to OMI's
     new facility in Palm Bay, Florida.  In addition, the move will
     create space for the expansion of Photronics Corp.'s MPBE
     programs in Hauppauge.  Primary product programs at OMI include:


          *    Gunners Auxiliary Sight:  This is an electro-optical
               device used as a primary or backup sight on M1 Abrams
               battle tanks and contains a very sophisticated electro-
               optical train and a laser protective filter.   OMI has
               produced over 2,000 of these instruments and continues
               to operate as a repair and retrofit facility for the
               M1A2 upgrade program, which will continue through 1997,
               with options through 1999.

          *    TOW Optical Sight:  OMI is currently the only U.S.
               qualified producer of this device.  This complex
               electro-optical system is the main component of the
               U.S.'s premier anti-tank weapon system.  

          *    TOW Traversing Unit:  This unit provides target
               tracking accuracy for the TOW anti-tank weapon, acting
               as the mount for the TOW Optical Sight and the missile
               launch tube.  OMI is currently the only qualified
               manufacturer of this tightly toleranced assembly, and
               is currently working on modification and retrofit
               programs.  OMI has also been contracted to modify a
               version for use by an overseas customer.

          *    Day/Night Tank Sighting System:  This system was
               developed in concert with a major primary contractor. 
               OMI is a major subcontractor, currently supplying three
               of the major assemblies.

          *    Eyesafe Laser Rangefinder:  OMI competed against the
               U.S. Army's historical primary laser supplier for this
               contract and was awarded an initial contract for
               preproduction units.

          *    Improved TOW Acquisition System:  Working with the same
               primary contractor as referred to above, this antitank
               system was developed for the U.S. Army's humvee
               vehicle.

     CUSTOMERS

          A significant portion of the Company's products are sold to
     agencies of the U.S. Government, primarily the Department of
     Defense, to foreign government agencies or to prime contractors
     or subcontractors thereof.  Approximately 84%, 94% and 83% of
     total consolidated revenues for fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993,
     respectively, were derived directly or indirectly from defense
     contracts for end use by the U.S. Government and its agencies. 
     See "Export Sales" below for information concerning sales to
     foreign governments.

     BACKLOG

          The following table sets forth the Company's backlog by
     major product group (including enhancements, modifications and
     related logistics support) at the dates indicated:


                                 March  31,   March 31,   March 31,
                                    1995         1994        1993
                                                     
     Government Products:

           U.S. Government     $115,200,000  $123,700,000  $123,900,000

           Foreign Government     8,600,000     5,800,000     1,000,000

                                123,800,000   129,500,000   124,900,000

     Commercial Products          2,200,000     5,100,000     1,200,000

                               $126,000,000  $134,600,000  $126,100,000
                                                              

          Approximately 54% of the backlog at March 31, 1995 is
     expected to result in revenues during the fiscal year ending
     March 31, 1996.


          At December 31, 1995, the Company's backlog of orders was
     approximately $147 million compared to $126 million at March 31,
     1995.  The increase in backlog for the first nine months of the
     fiscal year was due to the net effect of bookings, partially
     offset by revenues, and the addition of approximately $16 million
     of backlog from the OMI Asset Acquisition.  New contract awards
     of approximately $71 million were booked during the nine-month
     period ended December 31, 1995.  As of January 28, 1996, backlog
     totalled approximately $147 million, which includes approximately
     $16 million of backlog from the OMI Asset Acquisition.


          "Backlog" refers to the aggregate revenues remaining to be
     earned at the specified date under contracts held by the Company,
     including, for U.S. Government contracts, the extent of the
     funded amounts thereunder which have been appropriated by
     Congress and allotted to the contract by the procuring Government
     agency.  Fluctuations in backlog amounts relate principally to
     the timing and amount of Government contract awards.

     RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

          The military electronics industry is subject to rapid
     technological changes and the Company's future success will
     depend in large part upon its ability to improve existing product
     lines and to develop new products and technologies in the same or
     related fields.  Thus, the Company's technological expertise has
     been an important factor in its growth.  A portion of its
     research and development activities has taken place in connection
     with customer-sponsored research and development contracts.  All
     such customer-sponsored activities are the result of contracts
     directly or indirectly with the U.S. Government.  The Company
     also invests in Company-sponsored research and development.  Such
     expenditures were $800,000, $500,000 and $500,000 for fiscal
     1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.  Revenues recorded by the
     Company for customer-sponsored research and development were
     $18,800,000, $27,500,000 and $19,200,000 for fiscal 1995, 1994
     and 1993, respectively.

     CONTRACTS

          The Company's contracts are normally for production, service
     or development.  Production and service contracts are typically
     of the fixed-price variety with development contracts currently
     of the cost-type variety.  Because of their inherent
     uncertainties and consequent cost overruns, development contracts
     historically have been less profitable than production contracts.

          Fixed-price contracts may provide for a firm-fixed price or
     they may be fixed-price-incentive contracts.  Under the firm-
     fixed-price contracts, the Company agrees to perform for an
     agreed-upon price and, accordingly, derives benefits from cost
     savings, but bears the entire risk of cost overruns.  Under the
     fixed-price-incentive contracts, if actual costs incurred in the
     performance of the contracts are less than estimated costs for
     the contracts, the savings are apportioned between the customer
     and the Company.  However, if actual costs under such a contract
     exceed estimated costs, excess costs are apportioned between the
     customer and the Company up to a ceiling.  The Company bears all
     costs that exceed the ceiling.

          Cost-type contracts typically provide for reimbursement of
     allowable costs incurred plus a fee (profit).  Unlike fixed-price
     contracts in which the Company is committed to deliver without
     regard to performance cost, cost-type contracts normally obligate
     the Company to use its best efforts to accomplish the scope of
     work within a specified time and a stated contract dollar
     limitation.  In addition, U.S. Government procurement regulations
     mandate lower profits for cost-type contracts because of the
     Company's reduced risk.  Under cost-plus-incentive-fee contracts,
     the incentive may be based on cost or performance.  When the
     incentive is based on cost, the contract specifies that the
     Company is reimbursed for allowable incurred costs plus a fee
     adjusted by a formula based on the ratio of total allowable costs
     to target cost.  Target cost, target fee, minimum and maximum fee
     and adjustment formula are agreed upon when the contract is
     negotiated.  In the case of performance-based incentives, the
     Company is reimbursed for allowable incurred costs plus an
     incentive, contingent upon meeting or surpassing stated
     performance targets.  The contract provides for increases in the
     fee to the extent that such targets are surpassed and for
     decreases to the extent that such targets are not met.  In some
     instances, incentive contracts also may include a combination of
     both cost and performance incentives.  Under cost-plus-fixed-fee
     contracts, the Company is reimbursed for costs and receives a
     fixed fee, which is negotiated and specified in the contract. 
     Such fees have statutory limits.

          The percentages of revenues during fiscal 1995, 1994 and
     1993 attributable to the Company's contracts by contract type
     were as follows:

                                 Year Ended March 31,

                              1995      1994      1993

     Firm-fixed-price          74%       65%       88%

     Fixed-price-incentive       -        1%         -

     Cost-plus-incentive-fee    6%       17%       10%

     Cost-plus-fixed-fee       20%       17%        2%

          The increased percentage of cost-type contracts between
     fiscal 1993 and fiscal 1995 reflects the U.S. Government's
     increased use of cost-type development contracts, and the
     continued predominance of fixed-price contracts reflects the fact
     that production contracts comprise a significant portion of the
     Company's U.S. Government contract portfolio.

          The Company negotiates for and, generally, receives progress
     payments from its customers of between 80-100% of allowable costs
     incurred on the previously described contracts.  Included in its
     reported revenues are certain amounts which the Company has not
     billed to customers.  These amounts, approximately $7.9 million,
     $5.9 million and $8.1 million as of March 31, 1995, 1994 and
     1993, respectively, consist of costs and related profits, if any,
     in excess of progress payments for contracts on which sales are
     recognized on a percentage-of-completion basis.

          Under generally accepted accounting principles, all U.S.
     Government contract costs, including applicable general and
     administrative expenses, are charged to work-in-progress
     inventory and are written off to costs and expenses as revenues
     are recognized.  The Federal Acquisition Regulations ("FAR"),
     incorporated by reference in U.S. Government contracts, provide
     that Company-sponsored research and development costs are
     allowable general and administrative expenses.  To the extent
     that general and administrative expenses are included in
     inventory, research and development costs also are included. 
     Unallowable costs, pursuant to the FAR, have been excluded from
     costs accumulated on U.S. Government contracts.  Work-in-process
     inventory included general and administrative costs (which
     include Company-sponsored research and development costs) of $6.6
     million and $3.8 million at March 31, 1995 and 1994,
     respectively.

          All domestic defense contracts and subcontracts to which the
     Company is a party are subject to audit, various profit and cost
     controls, and standard provisions for termination at the
     convenience of the customer.  Multi-year U.S. Government
     contracts and related orders are subject to cancellation if funds
     for contract performance for any subsequent year become
     unavailable.  In addition, if certain technical or other program
     requirements are not met in the developmental phases of the
     contract, then the follow-on production phase may not be
     realized.  Upon termination other than for a contractor's
     default, the contractor normally is entitled to reimbursement for
     allowable costs, but not necessarily all costs, and to an
     allowance for the proportionate share of fees or earnings for the
     work completed.  Foreign defense contracts generally contain
     comparable provisions relating to termination at the convenience
     of the foreign government.

     MARKETING

          The Company's marketing activities are conducted by its
     staff of marketing personnel and engineers.  The Company's
     domestic marketing approach begins with the development of
     information concerning the present and future requirements of its
     current and potential customers for defense electronics, as well
     as those in the security and commercial communities serviced by
     the Company's products.  Such information is gathered in the
     course of contract performance, research into the enhancement of
     existing systems and inquiries into advances being made in
     hardware and software development, and is then evaluated and
     exchanged among marketing, research and engineering groups within
     the Company to devise proposals responsive to the needs of
     customers.  The Company markets its products abroad through
     independent marketing representatives.

     COMPETITION

          The military electronics defense industry is characterized
     by rapid technological change.  The Company's products are sold
     in markets containing a number of competitors which are
     substantially larger than the Company, devote substantially
     greater resources to research and development and generally have
     greater financial resources.  Certain of such competitors are
     also suppliers to the Company.  The extent of competition for any
     single project generally varies according to the complexity of
     the product and the dollar volume of the anticipated award.  The
     Company believes that it competes on the basis of the performance
     of its products, its reputation for prompt and responsive
     contract performance, and its accumulated technical knowledge and
     expertise.  The Company's future success will depend in large
     part upon its ability to improve existing product lines and to
     develop new products and technologies in the same or related
     fields.

          In the military sector, the Company competes with many
     first- and second-tier defense contractors on the basis of
     product performance, cost, overall value, delivery and
     reputation.

     PATENTS

          The Company has patents on many of its recording products
     and certain commercial products.  The Company does not believe
     patent protection to be significant to its current operations;
     however, future programs may generate the need for patent
     protection.

     MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLIERS

          The Company's manufacturing process for its products,
     excluding optical products, consists primarily of the assembly of
     purchased components and testing of the product at various stages
     in the assembly process.  Purchased components include integrated
     circuits, circuit boards, sheet metal fabricated into cabinets,
     resistors, capacitors, semiconductors and insulated wire and
     cables.  In addition, many of the Company's products use machined
     castings and housings, motors and recording and reproducing
     heads.  Many of the purchased components have been fabricated to
     Company designs and specifications.  The manufacturing process
     for the Company's optics products includes the grinding,
     polishing and coating of various optical materials and machining
     of metal components.

          Although materials and purchased components generally are
     available from a number of different suppliers, several suppliers
     are the Company's sole source of certain components.  If a
     supplier should cease to deliver such components, other sources
     probably would be available; however, added cost and
     manufacturing delays might result.  The Company has not
     experienced significant production delays attributable to supply
     shortages, but occasionally experiences procurement problems with
     respect to certain components, such as semiconductors and
     connectors.  In addition, with respect to the Company's optical
     products, certain exotic materials, such as germanium, zinc
     sulfide and cobalt, may not always be readily available.

     EXPORT SALES

          The Company currently sells several of its products and
     services in the international marketplace to countries such as
     Canada, Germany, Australia and the Republic of China.  Foreign
     sales accounted for approximately 7%, 3% and 17% of the Company's
     revenues in fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.  Foreign
     sales are derived under export licenses granted on a case-by-case
     basis by the United States Department of State.  The Company's
     foreign contracts are generally payable in United States'
     dollars.

     EMPLOYEES


          As of January 28, 1996, the Company employed 799 employees. 
     None of the Company's employees are represented by a labor union,
     and the Company has experienced no work stoppages.


          There is a continuing demand for qualified technical
     personnel, and the Company believes that its future growth and
     success will depend upon its ability to attract, train and retain
     such personnel.

     PROPERTIES

          The Company leases approximately 6,000 square feet of office
     space for its corporate headquarters in an office building at 5
     Sylvan Way, Parsippany, New Jersey under a lease that expires in
     fiscal 2001.  The Company leases approximately 25,000 square feet
     of space for administrative and engineering facilities at 138
     Bauer Drive, Oakland, New Jersey.  The Company leases the Oakland
     building from LDR Realty Co., a partnership wholly-owned by
     Leonard Newman and David E. Gross, under a lease which expires in
     fiscal 1999.  The Company believes that this lease was
     consummated on terms no less favorable than those that could have
     been obtained by the Company from an unrelated third party in a
     transaction negotiated on an arms-length basis.

          Precision Echo's engineering and principal operations are
     located in a 55,000 square foot building at 3105 Patrick Henry
     Drive, Santa Clara, California, under a lease which expires in
     fiscal 2001.  The operations of CMC and Ahead are conducted from
     leased facilities in Santa Clara, California and Los Gatos,
     California, respectively.  These leased facilities, containing
     71,000 square feet and 12,000 square feet, respectively, are
     covered by leases, which, with respect to the CMC facility, is on
     a month-to-month basis, and for the Ahead facility expires in
     fiscal 1998.  The operations of CMC and Ahead are currently in
     the process of moving out of the facilities in Santa Clara and
     Los Gatos and into a new facility in San Jose, California,
     comprising 32,000 square feet pursuant to a five year lease
     expiring in fiscal 2001.

          Photronics Corp.'s principal and manufacturing facilities
     are located in a 45,000 square foot building at 270 Motor
     Parkway, Hauppauge, New York.  The building, which is owned by
     the Company, was built in 1983.  See Note 10 to Consolidated
     Financial Statements.

          TAS leases 40,000 square feet in a building at 200
     Professional Drive, Gaithersburg, Maryland that houses its
     executive offices and principal engineering and manufacturing
     facilities under a lease which expires in fiscal 2000.  It also
     conducts field service operations from locations in Virginia
     Beach and Chesapeake, Virginia and National City, California. 
     These leased facilities, comprising 15,000 square feet, 20,000
     square feet and 6,000 square feet, respectively, are covered by
     leases, which, with respect to the Virginia locations, expire in
     fiscal 1997, and for the California location, expires in fiscal
     1999.

          Laurel's manufacturing facilities and administrative offices
     are located in a 29,000 square-foot building at 423 Walters
     Avenue in Johnstown, Pennsylvania.  The lease for this facility
     expires in fiscal 1999.  The Company also leases approximately
     2,000 square feet of office space in Arlington, Virginia under a
     lease which expires in fiscal 1998.

          OMI leases 53,910 square feet in a building in Woodlake
     Commerce Park, Palm Bay, Florida, for its operations and
     administration offices.  The related leases expire in fiscal
     2006.


          Total rent expense aggregated $2.5 million, $1.7 million,
     $1.5 million and $1.9 million in fiscal 1995, 1994, 1993, and the
     nine-month period ended December 31, 1995 (unaudited),
     respectively.


     ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

          The Company believes that its manufacturing operations and
     properties are in material compliance with existing federal,
     state and local provisions enacted or adopted to regulate the
     discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise protect
     the environment.  Such compliance has been achieved without
     material effect on the Company's earnings or competitive
     position. 

     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

          The Company is a party to various legal actions and claims
     arising in the ordinary course of its business.  In the Company's
     opinion, the Company has adequate legal defenses for each of the
     actions and claims and believes that their ultimate disposition
     will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
     consolidated financial position or results of operations.


                                 MANAGEMENT

     DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

          The names of the directors and executive officers of the
     Company, their positions and offices with the Company, and their
     ages are set forth below:


          NAME                  POSITIONS WITH THE COMPANY          AGE

          Mark S. Newman  . .   Chairman of the Board, President,    46
                                Chief Executive Officer and
                                Director 

          Nancy R. Pitek  . .   Controller, Treasurer and            39
                                Secretary

          Paul G. Casner, Jr.   Vice President; President of DRS     58
                                Electronic Systems Group;
                                President of TAS

          Stuart F. Platt . .   Vice President and Director;         62
                                President of Precision Echo

          Richard Ross  . . .   Vice President; President of         41
                                Photronics Corp.
          Leonard Newman  . .   Director and Chairman Emeritus       71

          Jack Rachleff . . .   Director                             82

          Theodore Cohn . . .   Director                             72

          Mark N. Kaplan  . .   Director                             65

          Donald C. Fraser  .   Director                             54


          Mark S. Newman has been employed by the Company since 1973,
     was named Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer and
     Treasurer in 1980 and Executive Vice President in 1987.  Mr.
     Newman became a Director of the Company in 1988.  In May 1994,
     Mr. Newman became the President and Chief Executive Officer of
     the Company and in August 1995 became Chairman of the Board. 
     Mark Newman is the son of Leonard Newman.

          Nancy R. Pitek joined the Company in 1984 as Manager of
     Accounting.  She became Assistant Controller in 1985 and Director
     of Internal Audit in 1988.  Ms. Pitek became Director of
     Corporate Finance in 1990 and has been the Controller since 1993. 
     In May 1994, she was also appointed to the position of Treasurer
     and in August 1995 became Secretary.

          Paul G. Casner, Jr. joined the Company in 1993 as President
     of TAS.  In 1994 he also became President of DRS Electronic
     Systems Group and a Vice President of the Company.  Mr. Casner
     has over 30 years of experience in the defense electronics
     industry and has held positions in engineering, marketing and
     general management.  He was the president of TAS prior to its
     acquisition by the Company.

          Stuart F. Platt has been a Director of the Company since
     1991 and became the President of Precision Echo in July 1992.  He
     was named Vice President of the Company in May 1994.  Rear
     Admiral Platt is a co-founder and director of FPBSM Industries,
     Inc., a holding company and management consulting firm for
     defense, aerospace and other technology-based companies, and the
     Chairman of Stuart Platt & Partners, a management consulting firm
     handling principally defense-related issues.  He also serves as
     director for Harding Associates, Inc.  None of these companies is
     a parent, subsidiary or affiliate of the Company.  Rear Admiral
     Platt held various positions as a military officer in the
     Department of the Navy, retiring as Competition Advocate General
     of the Navy in 1986.

          Richard Ross was employed by the Company as Assistant Vice
     President and Director, Sales in 1986 and Assistant Vice
     President, Corporate Development in 1987.  In 1988, he became
     Vice President of the Company, and in 1990, he became President
     of Photronics Corp.

          Leonard Newman has been a Director of the Company since 1968
     and was Chairman of the Board and Secretary of the Company from
     1971 until August 1995.  In August 1995, Mr. Newman was appointed
     Chairman Emeritus.  From 1971 until May 1994, Mr. Newman also
     served as the Company's Chief Executive Officer.  Leonard Newman
     is the father of Mark S. Newman.

          Jack Rachleff has been a Director of the Company since 1968. 
     Mr. Rachleff has been employed since 1952 by Fablok Mills, Inc.,
     a textile manufacturer, and has been its President since February
     1982.

          Theodore Cohn has been a Director of the Company since 1980. 
     He has been an independent management consultant since 1974.  Mr.
     Cohn also serves as a director of Dynatech Corporation.

          Mark N. Kaplan has been a Director of the Company since
     1986.  Mr. Kaplan has been a member of the law firm of Skadden,
     Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom since 1979.  Mr. Kaplan also serves
     as director of American Biltrite Inc., Grey Advertising Inc.,
     Harvey Electronics Inc., REFAC Technology Inc., Congoleum
     Corporation, MovieFone, Inc. and Volt Information Sciences, Inc.


          Donald C. Fraser became a Director of the Company in 1993. 
     He currently serves as director of the Boston University Center
     for Photronics Research and as professor of engineering and
     physics at the university.  From 1991 to 1993, Dr. Fraser was the
     Principal Deputy Under Secretary of Defense, Acquisition, with
     primary responsibility for managing the Department of Defense
     acquisition process, including setting policy and executing
     programs.  He also served as Deputy Director of Operational Test
     and Evaluation for Command, Control, Communication and
     Intelligence, from 1990 to 1991, a position which included top
     level management and oversight of the operational test and
     evaluation of all major Department of Defense communication,
     command and control, intelligence, electronic warfare, space and
     information management system programs.  From 1981 to 1988, Dr.
     Fraser was employed as the Vice President, Technical Operations
     at Charles Stark Draper Laboratory and, from 1988 to 1990, as its
     Executive Vice President.



     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

          Summary of Cash and Certain other Compensation.  There is
     shown below information concerning the annual and long-term
     compensation for services in all capacities to the Company for
     the fiscal years ended March 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, of those
     persons who were, at March 31, 1995 (i) the chief executive
     officer and (ii) the other four most highly compensated executive
     officers of the Company (the "Named Officers"):

                         SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                                                  Long-Term
                                                Compensation

                      Annual Compensation (i)      Awards

                                                   Stock       All Other
Name and Principal   Fiscal  Salary   Bonus       Options    Compensation
     Position         Year    ($)      ($)          (#)          ($)
                                                            

Leonard Newman  .     1995  321,910         0         0    57,000(a)(b)(c)(d)
  Chairman of the     1994  331,140   100,000         0    52,538(a)(b)(c)(d)
  Board               1993  332,294    20,000         0    43,974(a)(b)(c)(d)
  & Secretary                                                 

Mark S. Newman  .     1995  281,344   120,000   150,000(f) 19,440(b)(c)(d)
  President &         1994  230,767    52,993         0    86,728(b)(c)(d)(e)
  Chief               1993  226,083    15,000         0    13,910(b)(c)(d)
  Executive
  Officer

Paul G. Casner, Jr.   1995  198,000    40,000         0    32,201(b)(d)(h)
  Vice President &
  President--
  Electronics
  Systems Group

Stuart F. Platt .     1995  256,970    50,000         0    4,414(c)(d)
  Vice President &    1994  262,854    21,597     5,000(g) 3,664(c)(d)
  President--         1993  187,889         0         0    2,426(c)(d)
  Precision Echo

Richard Ross  . .     1995  198,618    36,000         0    9,070(b)(c)(d)
  Vice President &    1994  155,596    27,237     5,000(g) 7,010(b)(c)(d)
  President--         1993  159,166    10,000         0    5,851(b)(c)(d)
  Photronics

     ___________________

     (a)  Includes deferred compensation of $25,000 pursuant to a
          Deferred Compensation Agreement (as defined herein) between
          the Company and Mr. L. Newman.  See "-Deferred Compensation
          Agreement."

     (b)  Includes the amounts of employer contributions which vested
          pursuant to the Company's Retirement/Savings Plan (as
          defined herein) (See"-Retirement/Savings Plan") in the
          fiscal years ended March 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively, in
          the accounts of the Named Officers, as follows:  Mr. L.
          Newman, $4,292 and $1,626; Mr. M. Newman, $4,838 and $3,530;
          Mr. P. Casner, Jr., $3,000; and Mr. R. Ross, $3,486 and
          $2,234.  There were no employer contributions under the
          Retirement/Savings Plan during fiscal 1993.

     (c)  Includes the fixed annual amounts, computed on a fiscal year
          basis, provided by the Company for the benefit of the Named
          Officers, to reimburse such officers for the amounts of
          medical and hospital expenses actually incurred by them,
          which are not covered or paid to them under the Company's
          group medical and hospitalization plans during the fiscal
          years ended March 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively, as
          follows:  Mr. L. Newman, $4,000, $3,250 and $3,750; Mr. M.
          Newman, $4,500, $3,250 and $5,250; Mr. S. Platt, $4,000,
          $3,250 and $2,150; and Mr. R. Ross, $4,000, $3,250 and
          $4,500.

     (d)  The Company pays the cost of policies of life insurance and
          long-term disability insurance, in excess of the amounts
          furnished under the group coverage provided to all
          employees, for the benefit of the Named Officers.  Under
          certain of the life insurance policies, the Company is a
          beneficiary to the extent of the premiums paid.  The total
          amounts of the premiums paid by the Company or the economic
          benefit to the Named Officers for such insurance policies
          during the fiscal years ended March 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993,
          respectively, were as follows:  Mr. L. Newman, $23,708,
          $22,662 and $15,224; Mr. M. Newman, $10,102, $9,948, and
          $8,660; Mr. P. Casner, Jr., $124; Mr. S. Platt, $414, $414
          and $276; and Mr. R. Ross, $1,584, $1,526 and $1,350.

     (e)  Includes $70,000 earned by Mark S. Newman as a consequence
          of his involvement in the Company's October 1993 acquisition
          of TAS.

     (f)  Represents non-qualified stock options to purchase 50,000
          shares of Class B Common Stock and incentive stock options
          to purchase 100,000 shares of Class B Common Stock issued to
          Mr. M. Newman under the Company's 1991 Stock Option Plan
          (the "1991 Stock Option Plan").  Such options, granted on
          June 9, 1994, became exercisable six months from the date of
          grant with respect to 20% of such options and are further
          exercisable cumulatively at 20% per year on each of the
          first four anniversaries of the date of grant.

     (g)  Represents incentive stock options to purchase shares of
          Class B Common Stock issued to the Named Officers under the
          Company's 1991 Stock Option Plan.  Such options, granted on
          August 5, 1993, became exercisable six months from the date
          of grant with respect to 20% of such options and are further
          exercisable cumulatively at 20% per year on each of the
          first four anniversaries of the date of grant.

     (h)  Includes forgiveness of principal and interest owed pursuant
          to the Grid Note (as defined herein) in an amount equal to
          $29,077.

     (i)  The dollar value of perquisites and other personal benefits
          provided for the benefit of the Named Officers during the
          fiscal years ended March 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993,
          respectively, did not exceed the lesser of either $50,000 or
          10% of the total annual salary and bonus reported for the
          Named Officers in those period.  There were no other amounts
          of compensation required to be reported as "Other Annual
          Compensation", by Item 402 of Regulation S-K, earned by the
          Named Officers.

          Stock Options.  The following table contains information
     concerning the grant of stock options under the Company's 1991
     Stock Option Plan to the Named Officer during the Company's
     fiscal year ended March 31, 1995.



                     OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

                                                          Potential 
                                                     Realizable Value at 
                                                        Assumed Annual
                                                     Rates of Stock Price 
                                                       Appreciation for 
                      Individual Grants                   Option Term

                           
                 Number    % of
                   of     Total
                 Securi- Options
                  ties   Granted
                 Under-    to
                 lying    Employ  Exer-
                 Options  ees in  cise     Expira-
                 Granted  Fiscal  Price    tion       
     Name          (#)     1995   ($/Sh)   Date     0% ($)   5%($)(c)  10%($)(c)

Mark S. Newman  50,000(a)  33.0%  $0.01  06/08/99  $224,500  $286,500  $362,000

______________ 100,000(b)  67.0%  $4.95  06/08/99       ---   $79,000  $230,000


     ______________

     (a)  The options granted were for shares of Class B Common Stock
          at an exercise price equal to the par value of the Company's
          Class B Common Stock on the date of grant.  The options
          become exercisable over a five year period in increments of
          20% beginning six months from the date of grant and
          continuing at an additional 20% per year on the anniversary
          of the date of grant.  The grant date of the options was
          June 9, 1994.

     (b)  The options granted were for shares of Class B Common Stock
          at an exercise price equal to 110%  of the fair market value
          of the Company's Class B Common Stock on the date of grant. 
          The options become exercisable over a five year period in
          increments of 20% beginning six months from the date of
          grant and continuing at an additional 20% per year on the
          anniversary of the date of grant.  The grant date of the
          options is June 9, 1994.

     (c)  The amounts shown under these columns are the result of
          calculations at the 5% and 10% rates required by the SEC and
          are not intended to forecast future appreciation of the
          Company's stock price.

          Option Exercises and Fiscal Year-End Values.  Shown below is
     information with respect to the options exercised during fiscal
     1995 by the Named Officers and the unexercised options to
     purchase the Company's Class A and Class B Common Stock granted
     through March 31, 1995 under the Company's 1981 Incentive Stock
     Option Plan, 1981 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan and 1991 Stock
     Option Plan to the Named Officers and held by them at that date.



     AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-
     END OPTION VALUE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Number of                        Value of Unexercised
                                                 Unexercised Options                     in-the-Money Options
                                                   at March 31, 1995                     at March 31, 1995(a)
                                        ______________________________________  _____________________________________

                                              Class A           Class B              Class A           Class B
                                               Common            Common               Common            Common
                                                Stock             Stock                Stock             Stock
                     Shares             __________________  __________________  __________________  __________________
                    Acquired    Value               Un-                Un-                Un-                 Un-
                       on       Real-     Exer-     exer-     Exer-     exer-    Exer     exer-      Exer-    exer
                    Exercise    ized      cisa      cisa      cisa      cisa     cisa     cisa       cisa     cisa
   Name               (#)       ($)       ble       ble       ble       ble      ble      ble        ble      ble
                    ________  ________  ________  ________  ________  ________ ________  ________  ________  ________
<S>                 <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>     
Leonard Newman           --        --        --        --    25,000        --       --        --    $85,925       --

Mark S. Newman           --        --    40,000        --    30,000    120,000 $105,500       --    $65,900  $263,600

Paul G. Casner, Jr.      --        --        --        --    20,000     30,000      --        --   $109,800  $164,700

Stuart F. Platt          --        --        --        --     2,000      3,000      --        --     $3,750    $5,625

Richard Ross          10,600   $32,719       --        --     2,000      3,000      --        --     $3,750    $5,625
<FN>
     ___________________

     (a)  Based on the difference between the exercise price of each
          grant and the closing price on the AMEX-Composite
          Transactions of the Company's Class A and Class B Common
          Stock on that date, $5.25 and $5.50, respectively.
</TABLE>



     DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

          In June 1993, pursuant to approval by the Board of
     Directors, the Company and Mr. Leonard Newman entered into a
     deferred compensation agreement (the "Deferred Compensation
     Agreement") providing for certain deferred benefits which would
     become payable upon the termination of his employment for any
     reason including death, and providing for certain changes to
     certain insurance policies maintained by the Company.  Under the
     terms of the Deferred Compensation Agreement, in the event of
     termination of employment compensation (the "Deferred Benefit")
     equal to $25,000 multiplied by the number of complete years of
     employment from July 1, 1969 through the date of termination of
     employment, payable in twenty quarterly installments commencing
     on the first day of the month following the date of termination,
     is to be provided to Mr. L. Newman or, in the case of death, to
     his designated beneficiary.  The terms used for computing the
     Deferred Benefit are similar in all material respects to those
     that had been used in the computation of deferred compensation
     provided pursuant to an employment agreement that expired on June
     30, 1990, between the Company and Mr. L. Newman.  In the event of
     permanent disability, as defined in the Deferred Compensation
     Agreement, the Company is required to pay the employee an amount
     equal to five times the employee's annual base compensation in
     effect immediately prior to his permanent disability.  Such
     payments are to be made on the Company's regular payroll dates
     during the five-year period following the permanent disability. 
     In the event of the death of the employee during the five-year
     pay-out period, the Company will pay to the employee's designated
     beneficiary the Deferred Benefit described above reduced by the
     total of the disability payments previously paid in equal
     quarter-annual installments over the remainder of the five-year
     period.  In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Deferred
     Compensation Agreement, a keyman term insurance policy owned by
     the Company for Mr. L. Newman was transferred to him.  The
     Company is required to provide Mr. L. Newman, on an annual basis,
     the sum sufficient to pay the schedule premium on such policy.

     TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENTS

          In April 1994, the company entered into agreement with Mr.
     Richard Ross which provided for a severance benefit in the event
     of (i) termination of his employment other than for cause, (ii)
     diminution in compensation and/or responsibilities and (iii) the
     change in ownership of the Company or Photronics.  The severance
     benefit is equal to 30 months of Mr. Ross' then current salary
     plus reimbursement of outplacement expenses up to a maximum of
     $15,000.

          Effective July 20, 1994, the Company entered into the Gross
     Agreement and the Gross Stock Purchase Agreement with David E.
     Gross.  Under the terms of the Gross Agreement, Mr. Gross will
     receive a total of $600,000 over a five-year period as
     compensation for his services pursuant to a five-year consulting
     arrangement with the Company and a total of $750,000 over a five-
     year period as consideration for a five-year non-compete
     arrangement.  The payments will be charged to expense over the
     terms of the Gross Agreement as services are performed and
     obligations are fulfilled by Mr. Gross.  Mr. Gross will also
     receive at the conclusion of such initial five-year period, an
     aggregate of approximately $1.3 million payable over a nine-year
     period as deferred compensation.  The net present value of the
     payments to be made to Mr. Gross pursuant to the deferred
     compensation portion of the Gross Agreement approximated the
     amount of the Company's previous deferred compensation
     arrangement with Mr. Gross.  In addition to the Buy-Back, the
     Gross Stock Purchase Agreement also provides that (i) the Company
     has a right of first refusal with respect to the sale by Mr.
     Gross of any of the remaining shares of common stock of the
     Company held by Mr. Gross in excess of 20,000 shares, (ii) any
     shares of common stock of the Company held by Mr. Gross must be
     voted pro rata in accordance with the vote of the Company's other
     stockholders and (iii) in the event of a change in control of the
     Company within three years from the date of the Gross Stock
     Purchase Agreement, Mr. Gross will receive a percentage of the
     difference between the price per share paid to Mr. Gross pursuant
     to the Buy-back and the price per share received by the
     stockholders of the Company pursuant to the change of control
     transaction, less an interest factor, as defined in the Gross
     Stock Purchase Agreement, on the aggregate amount paid to Mr.
     Gross pursuant to the Buy-back.

          The Company is currently negotiating the Newman Agreement
     between the Company and Leonard Newman, its former Chairman of
     the Board and Secretary of the Company.  Pursuant to the Newman
     Agreement, it is expected that Mr. Newman will receive certain
     compensation from the Company over a five-year period for
     consulting services and non-compete arrangement.  In addition,
     Mr. Newman will receive certain retirement benefits payable over
     a ten-year period at the conclusion of such initial five-year
     period.  Results of operations for fiscal 1995 reflect a charge
     of $1.5 million representing the estimated net present value of
     the Company's obligation under the Newman Agreement.  The
     corresponding amount was included in Other Liabilities in the
     Consolidated Balance Sheet at March 31, 1995 as an addition to
     the accrual which had been established to cover the Company's
     liability to Mr. Newman under a previous deferred compensation
     arrangement described above.

     RETIREMENT/SAVINGS PLAN

          The Summary Compensation Table above includes amounts
     deferred by the Named Officers pursuant to the Company's
     Retirement/Savings Plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal
     Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Retirement/Savings Plan").  The value
     of a participant's contributions to the Retirement/Savings Plan
     is fully vested at all times; the value of employer contributions
     becomes 50% vested after the employee has completed three years
     of service, 75% vested after completion of four years of service,
     and 100% vested after completion of five years of service.

     MEDICAL REIMBURSEMENT PLAN

          At the beginning of each calendar year, the Company accrues
     fixed annual amounts for the benefit of certain officers to be
     paid as needed to reimburse such officers for the amounts of
     medical and hospital expenses actually incurred by such officers
     which are not covered, and until January 1, 1993, the excess of
     the amounts of  medical and hospital expenses actually incurred
     by such officers over the amount paid to them, under the
     Company's group medical and hospitalization plans.  The amount
     accrued for the benefit of each such officer is included in such
     officer's compensation for tax purposes regardless of whether
     such accrued amount is actually paid to him.  The excess of the
     amount accrued over the amounts paid is used to offset the
     administrative expenses payable by the Company to the medical
     insurance carrier.

     COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

          Mr. Leonard Newman, who was appointed to the Board of
     Director's Executive Compensation Committee on May 26, 1994,
     served as the Chairman of the Board and Secretary of the Company
     during fiscal 1995.  Mr. Newman does not participate in
     compensation decisions relating to himself or Mark S. Newman.

     COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

          During fiscal 1995, the Executive Compensation Committee
     (the "Committee") established the compensation of the Chief
     Executive Officer and the President of the Company.  The bonus
     awards of the Named Officers in respect of the 1995 fiscal year
     were determined at a meeting of the Committee as constituted on
     May 23, 1995.  In determining the individual elements of
     compensation, the Committee strives to enable the Company to
     attract and retain key executives critical to the long-term
     success of the Company and each of its subsidiaries, provide
     compensation opportunities which are comparable to those offered
     by similar companies, reward long-term strategic management and
     the enhancement of shareholder value and create a performance-
     oriented environment.

          In order to meet the foregoing objectives, the Committee has
     attempted to design and choose components of compensation.  The
     Committee consulted with Compensation Resources, Inc. to assist
     in this process and provide competitive information, advice,
     documentation and recommendations relating to compensation
     issues.  Compensation packages consist of cash, certain benefits
     and equity-based compensation.  The Company's compensation
     provides for competitive base salaries which reflect individual
     performance, level of responsibility and are based on
     compensation paid by companies of relatively similar size in the
     same industry as that of the Company.  Annual bonuses, when
     given, are linked to the financial performance of the Company and
     its subsidiaries as a whole, job performance and the meeting of
     specified goals.  Also included are plans which reward the
     enhancement of long-term values to the Company's stockholders. 
     The other components of the Company's compensation focus on both
     short-term and long-term performance, rewarding profitability and
     growth in stockholder value and delivering competitive levels of
     compensation.

          The compensation of the Chief Executive Officer was based on
     the policies described above.  The Chief Executive Officer's
     compensation for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1995 was based
     on a comparison of compensation provided to chief executive
     officers and other members of senior management of companies of
     relatively similar size within the same industry as that of the
     Company.  The bonus award for fiscal 1995 was computed on the
     basis of a formula that applied a weighted performance factor to
     a target award established for the Chief Executive Officer's
     salary level.  The weighted performance factor was derived as a
     result of the Chief Executive Officer's achievement of certain
     Company and individual performance targets including, but not
     limited to, the achievement of a certain level of consolidated
     earnings before income taxes for fiscal 1995.

          For fiscal 1995, the Chief Executive Officer recommended the
     compensation, excluding the bonus awards, for the other Named
     Officers, based on substantially the same criteria as described
     above.  Bonus awards for the other Named Officers were computed
     by the Committee on a similar basis as that used for the Chief
     Executive Officer using specific target awards that had been
     established for each individual's salary level.

          The Committee has not formally addressed the restrictions
     under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code because the
     Committee does not anticipate paying compensation to its
     executive officers in an amount to which Section 162(m) would
     apply.

          Mark N. Kaplan, Chairman
          Donald C. Fraser
          Jack Rachleff
          Leonard Newman until 8/8/95
          Theodore Cohn since 8/8/95


     PERFORMANCE GRAPH

          Set forth below is a chart comparing the yearly percentage
     change in the cumulative total stockholder return on the
     Company's Class A and Class B Common Stock against the total
     return of the AMEX Market Index and a peer group index consisting
     of companies comprising the Standard Industrial Classification
     (SIC) Codes 3812, Search and Navigation Equipment and 3827,
     Optical Instruments and Lenses.  A listing of the companies
     included in these SIC Codes is available through publications,
     such as the Standard Industrial Classification Manual, and
     computer data bases, such as Dialog Information Systems.  SIC
     Code 3812 includes both the Company's Class A and Class B Common
     Stock.

              COMPARISON OF FIVE-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
                 AMONG DIAGNOSTIC/ RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS, INC.
                     CLASS A AND CLASS B COMMON STOCK,
                   AMEX MARKET INDEX AND PEER GROUP INDEX

                Class A       Class B         AMEX          Peer
             Common Stock   Common Stock  Market Index   Group Index

      1990      100           100           100           100

      1991      100           124.10        101.91        111.11
      1992       58.06        136.34        109.25         59.26

      1993       95.16        170.70        117.52        100
      1994       96.77        194.42        121.11        114.81

      1995      135.48        211.66        127.73        162.96


                    
*    Assumes that the value of the investment in the Company's Class A and
     Class B Common Stock and each index was $100 on April 1, 1990 and that
     all dividends were reinvested.



                             SECURITY OWNERSHIP

          The following table shows, as of January 15, 1996, the
     number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock
     held by each director and executive officer, and by all directors
     and executive officers of the Company as a group and the
     percentage of each class beneficially owned (within the meaning
     of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act).

                             Class A                     Class B
                        Common Stock (a)           Common Stock (a)(b)
                    _________________________    _________________________
     Name of                        Percent                     Percent
 Beneficial Owner     Shares       of Class        Shares       of Class
                    ___________   ___________    ___________   ___________ 
Leonard Newman      617,600           18.7%     200,824            29.6%
Mark S. Newman       71,618(c)(f)      2.2       92,531(d)(e)(g)    7.2
Theodore Cohn         1,600            (h)        4,300             0.3   
Donald C. Fraser       ____           ___           ___             ___  
Mark N. Kaplan        1,000            (h)          ___             ___  
Stuart F. Platt        ____           ___         3,000(e)          0.1   
Jack Rachleff         1,000            (h)          ___             ___  
Paul G. Casner, Jr    1,000            (h)       30,000             1.4   
Nancy R. Pitek        5,724(c)         0.2        8,583(d)(e)       0.7   
Richard Ross           ____           ___         3,000(e)          0.1   
All directors and
executive
  officers as a
  group            
  (10 persons)      699,542(c)(f)     21.2%     342,238(d)(e)(g)   35.3%

__________________
(a)  As of January 15, 1996, the Company had outstanding 3,307,324 shares
     of Class A Common Stock (excluding 432,639 shares of Class A Common
     Stock held in treasury) and 2,151,458 shares of Class B Common Stock
     (excluding 65,795 shares of Class B Common Stock held in treasury). 
     Unless otherwise noted, each director and executive officer had sole
     voting power and investment power over the shares of Class A Common
     Stock and Class B Common Stock indicated opposite such director's and
     executive officer's name.

(b)  Each share of Class A Common Stock is convertible at any time into one
     share of Class B Common Stock and, accordingly, each person who owns
     Class A Common Stock may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the
     number of shares of Class B Common Stock equal to the number of shares
     of Class A Common Stock owned.  The number of shares of Class B Common
     Stock shown does not include the number of shares of Class B Common
     Stock into which the number of shares of Class A Common Stock shown
     may be converted.  However, the computation of the percentage of class
     shown includes the number of shares of Class B Common Stock into which
     the number of shares of Class A Common Stock shown may be converted.

(c)  Includes 5,724 shares of Class A Common Stock held by the trustee of
     the Company's Retirement/Savings Plan.  Mr. M. Newman and Ms. N. Pitek
     share the power to direct the voting of such shares as members of the
     administrative committee of such plan.  Mr. M. Newman and Ms. N. Pitek
     disclaim beneficial ownership as to and of such shares.

(d)  Includes 7,383 shares of Class B Common Stock held by the trustee of
     the Company's Retirement/Savings Plan.  Mr. M. Newman and Ms. N. Pitek
     share the power to direct the voting of such shares as members of the
     administrative committee of such plan.  Mr. M. Newman and Ms. N. Pitek
     disclaim beneficial ownership as to and of such shares.

(e)  Includes shares of Class B Common Stock which might be purchased upon
     exercise of options which were exercisable on January 15, 1996 or
     within 60 days thereafter, as follows:  Mr. P. Casner, Jr., 30,000
     shares; Mr. Newman, 60,000 shares; Ms. N. Pitek, 1,200 shares; Mr. S.
     Platt, 3,000 shares; Mr. R. Ross, 3,000 shares; and all directors and
     executive officers as a group, 97,200 shares.

(f)  Includes 3,200 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Mr. M. Newman as
     custodian for his daughter over which Mr. M. Newman has sole voting
     and investment power.

(h)  Less than 0.1%.


          The following table sets forth certain information, as of
     January 15, 1996 with respect to each person, other than
     executive officers and directors of the Company, which has
     advised the Company that it may be deemed to be the beneficial
     owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of
     more than five percent of a class of voting securities of the
     Company.  Such  information has been derived from statements on
     Schedule 13D or 13G filed with the SEC by the person(s) listed
     below.

                             Class A                     Class B
                          Common Stock                Common Stock
                    _________________________    _________________________
                    Amount and                   Amount and
                     Nature of                   Nature of
Name and Address    Beneficial    Percent of    Beneficial      Percent
of Beneficial        Ownership       Class       Ownership      of Class
Owner
                    _________________________    _________________________
                                               
First Pacific
Advisors, Inc.
 10301 West Pico Blvd.
 Los Angeles, CA 
 90064 . . . . . .   965,678(a)      25.7%        1,717,955(d)        51.7%
Michael N. Taglich
 Taglich Brothers,
 D'Amadeo, Wagner &
 Company, Incorporated
 100 Wall Street
 New York, NY 
 10005 . . . . . .   286,550(b)       8.7           529,850(f)        21.7
David E. Gross
 27 Cameron Road
 Saddle River,
 NJ  07458 . . . .    65,880(c)       2.0           335,701(e)        15.1

__________________
(a)  Includes 451,978 shares of Class A Common Stock from the assumed
     conversion of $4,000,000 principal amount of the Debentures and
     310,000 shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by First
     Pacific Advisors, Inc. ("First Pacific") through control of FPA
     Capital Fund, Inc. ("FPA") to which First Pacific serves as investment
     advisor.  The Company has been advised that FPA has sole voting power
     and shared dispositive power with respect to 310,000 shares.  First
     Pacific has advised the Company that it has shared voting power with
     respect to 100,000 shares and shared dispositive power with respect to
     965,678 shares.


(b)  Consists of 186,300 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Lander
     Partners, Inc. ("Lancer Partners"), 7,500 shares of Class A Common
     Stock held by Antrade, N.V. ("Antrade"), 10,200 shares of Class A
     Common Stock held by Album N.V. ("Album"), 7,600 shares of Class A
     Common Stock held by Ralco Investments Group ("Ralco"), 71,100 shares
     of Class A Common Stock held by Lancer Offshore, Inc. ("Lancer
     Offshore") and 3,850 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Michael
     Lauer.  Michael N. Taglich and Michael Lauer serve as general partners
     of Lancer Partners and managing partners of Lancer Offshore.  The
     Company has been advised that Messrs. Taglich and Lauer also share
     voting and dispositive authority over the shares held by Album,
     Antrade and Ralco resulting in shared voting and shared dispositive
     power with respect to a total of 282,700 shares.

(c)  Includes 25,000 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Mr. Gross for
     which he has voting and dispositive power.  Also included are 20,000
     shares of Class A Common Stock held by David E. Gross' wife
     personally, and 20,880 shares of Class A Common Stock held by her as
     custodian for her two children, as to which Mr. Gross disclaims any
     beneficial interest and over which he has neither voting power nor
     investment power.

(d)  Consists of 543,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, the beneficial
     ownership of 513,700 shares of Class B Common Stock from the assumed
     conversion of Class A Common Stock, beneficial ownership of 451,978
     shares of Class B Common Stock from the assumed conversion of
     $4,000,000 principal amount of the Debentures and an additional
     208,877 shares of Class B Common Stock from the assumed conversion of
     $3,133,000 principal amount of the Company's 1998 Debentures
     beneficially owned by First Pacific through its control of FPA, Source
     Capital, Inc. ("Source Capital") and FPA New Income, Inc. ("New
     Income") to which First Pacific serves as investment advisor.  The
     Company has been advised that FPA has sole voting power and shared
     dispositive power with respect to 510,000 shares, Source Capital has
     sole voting power and shared dispositive power with respect to 262,363
     shares and New Income  has sole voting power and shared dispositive
     power with respect to 339,328 shares.  First Pacific has advised the
     Company that it has shared dispositive power with respect to 1,717,955
     shares.

(e)  Includes 257,381 shares of Class B Common Stock held by Mr. Gross for
     which he has sole voting and dispositive power and the beneficial
     ownership of an additional 25,000 shares of Class B Common Stock
     through the assumed conversion of Class A Common Stock owned, as
     described in note (c) above.  Also included are 6,000 shares of Class
     B Common Stock held by Mrs. Gross' wife personally, 6,440 shares of
     Class B Common Stock held by her as custodian for her two children and
     the beneficial ownership of an additional 40,880 shares of Class B
     Common Stock through the assumed conversion of the shares of Class A
     Common Stock owned by Mr. Gross' wife and held by her as custodian for
     her two children, as described in note (c) above.  Mr. Gross has
     neither voting power nor investment power over the shares of Class A
     Common Stock and Class B Common Stock held by his wife, either
     personally or as custodian for her children, and disclaims any
     beneficial interest in such shares.

(f)  Consists of 126,150 shares of Class B Common Stock held by Lancer
     Partners, 4,000 shares of Class B Common Stock held by Antrade, 5,000
     shares of Class B Common Stock held by Album, 4,000 shares of Class B
     Common Stock held by Ralco, 85,750 shares of Class B Common Stock held
     by Lancer Offshore, 18,400 shares of Class B Common Stock held by
     Michael Lauer and the assumed conversion of the shares of Class A
     Common Stock owned by each of such entities, respectively, as
     described in note (b) above.  The Company has been advised that
     Messrs. Taglich and Lauer share voting and dispositive authority over
     the shares held by Album, Antrade and Ralco resulting in shared voting
     and shared dispositive power with respect to a total of 224,700 shares
     of the Class B Common Stock and assuming the conversion of the Class A
     Common Stock, with respect to an additional 282,700 shares.



               CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

          The Company was a party to a loan agreement, as amended
     March 30, 1993, entered into with Leonard Newman as the Chairman
     of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Secretary of the
     Company (the "Newman Loan").  At March 31, 1995, the outstanding
     principal amount due to the Company was $160,257.  The original
     Newman Loan in the principal amount of $267,000 was made in March
     1984 to provide financing for the purchase of a new house, closer
     to the offices of the Company, during the time required to sell
     his old house.  The loan was restructured in October 1986 with
     the Board of Directors authorizing a new loan to Mr. Newman in
     the principal amount of $111,430, which was used to pay all
     amounts then due and outstanding under the original Newman Loan. 
     With the concurrence of the Board of Directors and Mr. Newman, an
     advance of $77,500 made to Mr. Newman by the Company in October
     1989 against an anticipated bonus was converted subsequently into
     a loan in that amount from the Company.  In March 1990, the Board
     of Directors authorized a consolidation of the then outstanding
     principal amount and accrued interest on each of the two
     outstanding Newman Loans.  The consolidated loan in the principal
     amount of $160,257 was evidenced by a promissory note bearing
     interest at the rate of 1% over the prime commercial rate of
     interest as announced from time to time by Morgan Guaranty Trust
     Company of New York and was secured by a pledge of 109 shares
     owned by Mr. Newman in, and an assignment of his interest in a
     proprietary lease from, an apartment corporation in New York
     City.  Pursuant to approval by the Board of Directors effective
     March 1993, the maturity date of the consolidated loan was
     extended from March 30, 1993 to March 30, 1996. Principal and
     interest on the consolidated loan was due in one installment at
     maturity and could be paid in cash or in shares of Class A Common
     Stock or Class B Common Stock of the Company, or in any
     combination of cash or such shares.  At March 31, 1995, the
     largest aggregate amount of indebtedness under the consolidated
     Newman Loans since April 1, 1994 was $244,355.  The loan was
     repaid as of June 1995.

          The Company is currently occupying and leasing a building at
     138 Bauer Drive (the "LDR Building") owned by LDR Realty Co.
     ("LDR"), a partnership wholly owned, in equal amounts, by Leonard
     Newman and David E. Gross, the former President and Chief
     Technical Officer of the Company.  The current renegotiated lease
     agreement is for a ten-year term beginning June 1, 1988 at a
     monthly rental of $19,439.  The Company is required to pay all
     real estate taxes and is responsible for all repairs and
     maintenance, structural and otherwise, subject to no cumulative
     limits.  The terms of the LDR  lease were determined by the
     Company and LDR, based on the formal appraisal of an appraisal
     firm and informal appraisals from real estate brokers in the
     area.  Such appraisals indicated that the rental provided for in
     the LDR lease is not in excess of the range of fair market
     rentals in the relevant area.  The Company believes that the LDR
     lease was consummated on terms no less favorable than those that
     could have been obtained by the Company from an unrelated third
     party in a transaction negotiated on an arms-length basis.

          Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom, a law firm of which
     Mark N. Kaplan, a director, is a member, provided legal services
     to the Company during its 1995 fiscal year.

          In July 1993, the Company and Donald C. Fraser, a director,
     entered into a consulting agreement pursuant to which Dr. Fraser
     will provide consultation to the Company concerning defense
     technologies.  Under the terms of the consulting agreement, as
     amended, consulting services are to be provided to the Company
     through July 5, 1995 on an as-requested basis, for a fee of
     $1,500 per day plus approved travel and miscellaneous expenses. 
     During fiscal 1995, total remuneration paid to Dr. Fraser under
     this agreement approximated $9,000.

          In October 1993, the Company issued a Demand Grid Note (the
     "Grid Note") in the principal amount of $100,000 to Paul G.
     Casner, Jr.  The loan bears interest at the applicable federal
     rate necessary under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended, to avoid an imputed rate of interest.

          In May 1995, the Company became a party to a loan with Mark
     S. Newman, the President and Chief Executive Officer of the
     Company, to provide an amount equal to the exercise price of
     incentive stock options which had been granted to him under the
     Company's 1981 Incentive Stock Option Plan.  The loan is
     evidenced by a promissory note in the principal amount of
     $104,500 and bears interest at an annual rate of  8%.  The loan
     is payable on the earlier of (i) the sale or disposition of the
     shares of stock obtained pursuant to the exercise of the stock
     options, (ii) cessation of Mr. M. Newman's employment by the
     Company or (iii) May 25, 2005.  Interest is payable on May 25 of
     each calendar year or at such earlier time as the loan is repaid.


                       DESCRIPTION OF THE DEBENTURES

          The Debentures were issued under an indenture (the
     "Indenture") dated as of September 22, 1995, between the Company
     and The Trust Company of New Jersey, as trustee (the "Trustee"),
     a copy of which is available upon request from the Company.  The
     statements under this caption address the material terms of the
     Debentures but are summaries and do not purport to be complete. 
     The summaries make use of terms defined in the Indenture and are
     qualified in their entirety by reference to the Indenture,
     including the definitions therein of certain terms.  Whenever
     reference is made to defined terms of the Indenture and not
     otherwise defined herein, such defined terms are incorporated
     herein by reference.

     GENERAL


          The Debentures are general unsecured senior subordinated
     obligations of the Company, are limited to $25,000,000 aggregate
     principal amount and will mature on October 1, 2003.  As of
     February 20, 1996, $25 million aggregate principal amount of the
     Debentures were outstanding.  The Debentures bear interest at the
     rate per annum shown on the cover page hereof from the date of
     original issue, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date (as
     defined below) to which interest has been paid or duly provided
     for, and accrued but unpaid interest will be payable semi-
     annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year commencing April
     1, 1996 (each, an "Interest Payment Date").  Interest will be
     paid to Debentureholders of record ("Holders") at the close of
     business on the March 15 or September 15, respectively,
     immediately preceding the relevant Interest Payment Date (each, a
     "Regular Record Date").  Interest will be computed on the basis
     of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.  


          Principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the
     Debentures will be payable, the transfer of the Debentures will
     be registrable and the Debentures will be exchangeable at the
     office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in
     Jersey City, New Jersey (which initially will be the corporate
     trust office of the Trustee), except that, at the option of the
     Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the
     address of the Holder entitled thereto as it appears in the
     Debenture Register on the related record date.  

          The Debentures were issued in fully registered form, without
     coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple
     thereof.  No service charge will be made for any transfer or
     exchange of Debentures, but the Company may require payment of a
     sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge
     payable in connection therewith.

          All monies paid by the Company to the Trustee or any Paying
     Agent for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and
     interest on any Debenture which remain unclaimed for two years
     after such principal, premium or interest became due and payable
     may be repaid to the Company.  Thereafter the Holder of such
     Debenture may, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the
     Company for payment thereof.

          Initially, the Trustee will act as paying agent and
     registrar of the Debentures.  The Company may change any paying
     agent and registrar without notice.

     CONVERSION RIGHTS

          Holders are entitled, at any time and from time to time
     prior to maturity (subject to earlier redemption or repurchase,
     as described below), to convert their Debentures (or any portion
     thereof that is an integral multiple of $1,000), at 100% of the
     principal amount thereof, into Class A Common Stock of the
     Company at the conversion price set forth on the cover page
     hereof, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances as
     described below.  After a call for redemption of Debentures,
     through optional redemption or otherwise, the Debentures or
     portion thereof called for redemption will be convertible if duly
     surrendered on or before, but not after, the business day
     preceding the date fixed for redemption in respect thereof.

          The conversion price is subject to adjustment upon certain
     events, including: (i) the issuance of Common Stock (including a
     distribution of Common Stock held in the Company's treasury) as a
     dividend or distribution on any class of Capital Stock of the
     Company or any Subsidiary which is not wholly owned by the
     Company; (ii) a subdivision, combination or reclassification of
     outstanding shares of Common Stock; (iii) the issuance or
     distribution of Capital Stock of the Company or of rights or
     warrants to acquire Capital Stock of the Company at less than the
     Current Market Price (as defined below) on the date of issuance
     or distribution (provided that the issuance of Capital Stock upon
     the exercise of warrants or options will not cause an adjustment
     in the conversion price if no such adjustment would have been
     required at the time such warrant or option was issued); and (iv)
     the distribution to the holders of any class of Capital Stock of
     the Company generally and to holders of Capital Stock of any
     Subsidiary which is not wholly owned by the Company of evidences
     of indebtedness or assets (including cash and securities, but
     excluding dividends or distributions payable in shares of Common
     Stock and warrants and options for which adjustment is made as
     described above and further excluding cash dividends paid out of
     cumulative retained earnings of the Company arising after the
     date of the Indenture).  

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if the rights or warrants
     described in clause (iii) of the preceding paragraph are
     exercisable only upon the occurrence of certain triggering
     events, then the conversion price will not be adjusted until such
     triggering events occur and (b) if rights or warrants expire
     unexercised, the conversion price shall be readjusted to take
     into account only the actual number of such rights or warrants
     which were exercised.  In addition, the provisions of the
     preceding paragraph will not apply to the issuance of Common
     Stock upon the exercise of the Company's outstanding stock
     options under the 1981 Incentive Stock Option Plan, 1981 Non-
     Qualified Stock Option Plan and 1991 Stock Option Plan, unless
     the exercise price thereof is changed after the date of the
     Indenture (other than solely by operation of the anti-dilution
     provisions thereof), or the issuance of Common Stock upon the
     conversion of currently outstanding 1998 Debentures, unless the
     conversion price thereof is changed after the date of the
     Indenture (other than solely by operation of the anti-dilution
     provisions thereof).  

          No adjustment will be made to the conversion price until
     cumulative adjustments to the conversion price amount to at least
     1% of the conversion price, as last adjusted.  Except as stated
     above, the conversion price will not be adjusted for the issuance
     of Common Stock, or any securities convertible into or
     exchangeable for Common Stock or carrying the right to purchase
     any of the foregoing, or the payment of dividends on the Common
     Stock.

          Fractional shares of Class A Common Stock will not be issued
     upon conversion.  A person otherwise entitled to a fractional
     share of Class A Common Stock upon conversion shall receive cash
     equal to the equivalent fraction of the Current Market Price of a
     share of Class A Common Stock on the business day prior to
     conversion.  The Company from time to time may, to the extent
     permitted by law, reduce the conversion price by any amount for
     any period of at least 20 days, in which case the Company shall
     give at least 15 days' notice of such reduction to each Holder,
     if the Board of Directors of the Company has made a determination
     that such reduction would be in the best interests of the
     Company, which determination shall be conclusive.  The Company is
     entitled to make such reductions in the conversion price as it
     may in its discretion determine to be advisable in order that any
     stock dividend, subdivision of shares, distribution of rights to
     purchase stock or securities, or distribution of securities
     convertible into or exchangeable for stock shall not be taxable
     to its stockholders.  If at any time the Company makes a
     distribution of property to its stockholders which would be
     taxable to such stockholders as a dividend for federal income tax
     purposes (e.g., distribution of evidence of indebtedness or
     assets of the Company, but generally not stock dividends or
     rights to subscribe for Common Stock) and, pursuant to the anti-
     dilution provisions of the Indenture, the conversion price of the
     Debentures is reduced or the conversion price of the Debentures
     is reduced other than in connection with certain anti-dilution
     adjustments, such a reduction may be considered as resulting in
     the distribution of a dividend to Holders for federal income tax
     purposes. 

          A Holder who surrenders a Debenture (or portion thereof) for
     conversion between the close of business on a Regular Record Date
     and the next Interest Payment Date will receive interest on such
     Interest Payment Date with respect to such Debenture (or portion
     thereof) so converted through such Interest Payment Date. 
     Subject to such payments in the event of conversion after the
     close of business on a Regular Record Date, no payment or
     adjustment shall be made upon any conversion on account of any
     interest accrued but unpaid on the Debentures surrendered for
     conversion.  

          Subject to any applicable right of the Holders to cause the
     Company to purchase Debentures upon a Change of Control (as
     described below), in case of any consolidation or merger to which
     the Company is a party, other than a transaction in which the
     Company is the continuing corporation, or in case of any sale or
     conveyance to another corporation of the property of the Company
     as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, or in the case of
     any statutory exchange of securities with another corporation or
     other entity, there will be no adjustment of the conversion
     price, but each Holder will have the right thereafter to convert
     such Holder's Debentures into the kind and amount of securities,
     cash or other property which the Holder would have owned or have
     been entitled to receive immediately after such consolidation,
     merger, statutory exchange, sale or conveyance had such Debenture
     been converted immediately prior to the effective date of such
     consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale or conveyance. 
     In the case of a cash merger of the Company with another
     corporation or other entity or any other cash transaction of the
     type mentioned above, the effect of these provisions would be
     that the conversion features of the Debentures would thereafter
     be limited to converting the Debentures at the conversion price
     then in effect into the same amount of cash that such Holder
     would have received had such Holder converted the Debentures into 
     Class A Common Stock immediately prior to the effective date of
     such cash merger or transaction.  Depending upon the terms of
     such cash merger or transaction, the aggregate amount of cash so
     received on conversion could be more or less than the principal
     amount of the Debentures. 

          The Company has covenanted under the Indenture to reserve
     and keep available at all times out of its authorized but
     unissued Class A Common Stock, for the purpose of effecting
     conversions of Debentures, the full number of shares of Class A
     Common Stock deliverable upon the conversion of all outstanding
     Debentures.

     REDEMPTION 

          Optional Redemption by the Company.  The Debentures are not
     redeemable at the option of the Company prior to October 1, 1998. 
     Thereafter, the Debentures will be redeemable at any time prior
     to maturity, at the option of the Company, in whole or from time
     to time in part, upon not less than 30 days' nor more than 60
     days' prior notice of the redemption date, mailed by first class
     mail to each Holder's last address as it appears in the Debenture
     Register, at the Redemption Prices established for the
     Debentures, together with accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to
     the date fixed for redemption.  The Redemption Prices for the
     Debentures (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount)
     shall be as follows:

                       AFTER OCTOBER 1,           PERCENTAGE

                         1998                      105    %
                         1999                      103.75  
                         2000                      102.50
                         2001                      101.25

          Selection of Debentures Redeemed.  If less than all the
     Debentures are to be redeemed, selection of the Debentures for
     redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the
     requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if
     any, on which the Debentures are listed, or, if the Debentures
     are not listed, on a pro rata basis by lot or by such method that
     complies with applicable legal requirements and that the Trustee
     considers fair and appropriate.  The Trustee may select for
     redemption portions of the principal of Debentures that have a
     denomination larger than $1,000.  Debentures and portions thereof
     will be redeemed in the amount of $1,000 or integral amounts of
     $1,000.  The Trustee will make the selection from Debentures
     outstanding and not previously called for redemption.  


     CHANGE OF CONTROL 

          If a Change of Control occurs, the Company shall offer to
     repurchase each Holder's Debentures pursuant to an offer as
     described below (the "Change of Control Offer") at a purchase
     price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Holder's
     Debentures, plus accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to the date
     of purchase.  The Change of Control purchase feature of the
     Debentures may in certain circumstances make more difficult or
     discourage a takeover of the Company.  

          Under the Indenture, a "Change of Control" means the
     occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any person (as the
     term "person" is used in Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the
     Exchange Act) is or becomes the direct or indirect beneficial
     owner of shares of the Company's Capital Stock representing
     greater than 50% of the total voting power of all shares of
     Capital Stock of the Company entitled to vote in the election of
     directors under ordinary circumstances; (ii) the Company sells,
     transfers or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of
     the assets of the Company; or (iii) during any period of two
     consecutive years (or, in the case this event occurs within the
     first two years after the date of issue of the Debentures, such
     shorter period as shall have commenced on the date of original
     issue), Continuing Directors cease for any reason to constitute a
     majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in office. 

          Within 30 days after any Change of Control, unless the
     Company has previously mailed a notice of optional redemption by
     the Company of all of the Debentures, the Company shall mail a
     notice of the Change of Control Offer to each Holder by first
     class mail at such Holder's last address as it appears on the
     Debenture Register stating: (i) that a Change of Control has
     occurred and that the Company is offering to repurchase all of
     such Holder's Debentures; (ii) the circumstances and relevant
     facts regarding such Change of Control (including, but not
     limited to, information with respect to pro forma income, cash
     flow and capitalization of the Company after giving effect to
     such Change of Control); (iii) the repurchase price; (iv) the
     expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, which shall be no
     earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such
     notice is mailed; (v) the date such purchase shall be effected,
     which shall be no later than 30 days after expiration date of the
     Change of Control Offer; (vi)  that any Debentures not accepted
     for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall
     continue to accrue interest; (vii) that, unless the Company
     defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all
     Debentures accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control
     Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control
     Payment Date; (viii) the name and address of the paying agent;
     (ix) that Debentures must be surrendered to the paying agent to
     collect the repurchase price; (x) any other information required
     by applicable law to be included therein; and (xi) the procedures
     determined by the Company, consistent with the Indenture, that a
     Holder must follow in order to have such Debentures repurchased. 

          In the event that the Company is required to make a Change
     of Control Offer, the Company will comply with any applicable
     securities laws and regulations, including, to the extent
     applicable, Section 14(e), Rule 14e-1 and any other tender offer
     rules under the Exchange Act which may then be applicable in
     connection with any offer by the Company to purchase Debentures
     at the option of the Holders thereof.  

          The Company, could, in the future, enter into certain
     transactions, including certain recapitalizations of the Company,
     that would not constitute a Change in Control under the
     Debentures, but that would increase the amount of Senior
     Indebtedness (or any other indebtedness) outstanding at such
     time.  The Company's ability to create any additional Senior
     Indebtedness or additional Subordinated Indebtedness is limited
     as described in the Debentures and the Indenture although, under
     certain circumstances, the incurrence of significant amounts of
     additional indebtedness could have an adverse effect on the
     Company's ability to service its indebtedness, including the
     Debentures.  If a Change in Control were to occur, there can be
     no assurance that the Company would have sufficient funds at the
     time of such event to pay the Change in Control purchase price
     for all Debentures tendered by the Holders.  A default by the
     Company on its obligation to pay the Change in Control purchase
     price could, pursuant to cross-default provisions, result in
     acceleration of the payment of other indebtedness of the Company
     outstanding at that time.

          Certain of the Company's existing and future agreements
     relating to its indebtedness could prohibit the purchase by the
     Company of the Debentures pursuant to the exercise by a Holder of
     the foregoing option, depending on the financial circumstances of
     the Company at the time any such purchase may occur, because such
     purchase could cause a breach of certain covenants contained in
     such agreements.  Such a breach may constitute an event of
     default under such indebtedness and thereby restrict the
     Company's ability to purchase the Debentures.  See "--Ranking."

     MAINTENANCE OF CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH

          The Company is required to maintain a Consolidated Net Worth
     of at least $18 million.  The Indenture provides that if the
     Company's Consolidated Net Worth is less than $18 million at the
     end of any fiscal quarter, the Company is required to furnish to
     the Trustee an Officer's Certificate within 45 days after the end
     of such fiscal quarter (90 days after the end of any fiscal year)
     notifying the Trustee that the Company's Consolidated Net Worth
     has declined below $18 million.  If, at any time or from time to
     time, the Company's Consolidated Net Worth at the end of each of
     any such two consecutive fiscal quarters (the last day of the
     second fiscal quarter being referred to as a "Deficiency Date")
     is less than $18 million, then the Company shall, in each such
     event, no later than 50 days after each Deficiency Date (100 days
     if a Deficiency Date is also the end of the Company's fiscal
     year), mail to the Trustee and each Holder at such Holder's last
     address as it appears on the Debenture Register a notice (the
     "Deficiency Notice") of the occurrence of such deficiency, which
     shall include an offer by the Company (the"Deficiency Offer") to
     repurchase Debentures as described below.  The Deficiency Notice
     shall state: (i) that a deficiency has occurred; (ii) that the
     Company is offering to repurchase 10% of the aggregate principal
     amount of Debentures originally issued (or such lesser amount as
     may be outstanding at the time of the Deficiency Notice) (the
     "Deficiency Repurchase Amount"); (iii) that the repurchase price
     shall be 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures
     repurchased plus accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to the date
     of purchase; (iv) the expiration date of the Deficiency Offer,
     which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 45 days
     after the date such notice is mailed; (v) the date such purchase
     shall be effected, which shall be no later than 20 days after
     expiration date of the Deficiency Offer; (vi) that Debentures not
     accepted for payment pursuant to the Deficiency Offer shall
     continue to accrue interest; (vii) that, unless the Company
     defaults in payment of the Deficiency Repurchase Amount, all
     Debentures accepted for payment pursuant to the Deficiency Offer
     shall cease to accrue interest after the Deficiency Payment Date;
     (viii) that if any Debenture is repurchased in part, a new
     Debenture or Debentures in principal amount equal to the
     unrepurchased portion will be issued; (ix) the name and address
     of the paying agent; (x) that Debentures to be repurchased must
     be surrendered to the paying agent to collect the repurchase
     price; (xi) any other information required by applicable law to
     be included therein; and (xii) the procedures determined by the
     Company, consistent with the Indenture, that a Holder must follow
     in order to have such Debentures repurchased. 

          The Company shall purchase the Deficiency Repurchase Amount
     of Debentures or, if less than the Deficiency Repurchase Amount
     has been delivered for repurchase, all Debentures delivered for
     repurchase in response to the Deficiency Offer.  If the aggregate
     principal amount of Debentures delivered for repurchase exceeds
     the Deficiency Repurchase Amount, the Company will purchase the
     Debentures delivered to it pro rata (in $1,000 increments only)
     among the Debentures delivered based on principal amount.  The
     Company will comply with all applicable securities laws and
     regulations in connection with each Deficiency Offer.  In no
     event shall the failure to meet the minimum Consolidated Net
     Worth requirement set forth above at the end of any fiscal
     quarter be counted toward the making of more than one Deficiency
     Offer.

          The Company may credit against the principal amount of
     Debentures to be repurchased in any Deficiency Offer 100% of the
     principal amount (excluding premium) of Debentures acquired by
     the Company subsequent to the Deficiency Date through purchase
     (otherwise than pursuant to this provision or a Change of Control
     Offer), optional redemption, conversion or exchange and
     surrendered for cancellation.  

          If a Consolidated Net Worth deficiency were to occur, there
     can be no assurance that the Company would have sufficient funds
     at the time of such event to purchase the Deficiency Repurchase
     Amount of Debentures.  A default by the Company to so purchase
     the Deficiency Repurchase Amount of Debentures could, pursuant to
     cross-default provisions, result in acceleration of the payment
     of other indebtedness of the Company outstanding at that time.  

          Certain of the Company's existing and future agreements
     relating to its indebtedness could prohibit the purchase by the
     Company of the Debentures pursuant to the exercise by a Holder of
     the foregoing option, depending on the financial circumstances of
     the Company at the time any such purchase may occur, because such
     purchase could cause a breach of certain covenants contained in
     such agreements.  Such a breach may constitute an event of
     default under such indebtedness and thereby restrict the
     Company's ability to purchase the Debentures.  See "--Ranking."

     RANKING

          The payment of principal of and premium, if any, and
     interest on the Debentures will, to the extent set forth in the
     Indenture, be subordinated in right of payment to the prior
     payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness (as defined below). 
     Upon any payment or distribution of assets to creditors upon any
     liquidation, dissolution, winding up, reorganization, assignment
     for the benefit of creditors or marshalling of assets, whether
     voluntary, involuntary or in receivership, bankruptcy, insolvency
     or similar proceedings, the holders of all Senior Indebtedness
     will be first entitled to receive payment in full of all amounts
     due or to become due thereon before any payment is made on
     account of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the
     Debentures or on account of any other monetary claims under or in
     respect of the Debentures, and before any distribution is made to
     acquire any of the Debentures for any cash, property or
     securities.  No payments on account of principal of and premium,
     if any, and interest on the Debentures shall be made if at the
     time thereof:  (i) there is a default in the payment of all or
     any portion of the obligations under any Senior Indebtedness or
     (ii) there shall exist a default in any covenant with respect to
     the Senior Indebtedness (other than as specified in clause (i) of
     this sentence), and, in such event, such default shall not have
     been cured or waived or shall not have ceased to exist, the
     Trustee and the Company shall have received written notice from
     any holder of such Senior Indebtedness stating that no payment
     shall be made with respect to the Debentures and such default
     would permit the maturity of such Senior Indebtedness to be
     accelerated, provided that no such default will prevent any
     payment on, or in respect of, the Debentures for more than 120
     days unless the maturity of such Senior Indebtedness has been
     accelerated.  

          The Holders will be subrogated to the rights of the holders
     of the Senior Indebtedness to the extent of payments made on
     Senior Indebtedness upon any distribution of assets in any such
     proceedings out of the distributive share of the Debentures.

          "Senior Indebtedness" is defined to mean the principal of
     and premium, if any, and interest on (a) the Debt of the Company
     or any of its Subsidiaries which is outstanding on the date of
     the Indenture and has been provided by a bank that is not an
     Affiliate of the Company or by any State or local government or
     agency thereof, (b) any Debt incurred after the date of the
     Indenture by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which
     expressly states that it is senior in right of payment to the
     Debentures and is provided by a bank that is not an Affiliate of
     the Company, (c) any Debt, whether outstanding on the date of the
     Indenture or thereafter incurred, which evidences the Company's
     obligation to refund any progress payments or deposits to the
     United States or any foreign government or any instrumentality
     thereof or any prime contractor for any such government or
     instrumentality and (d) amendments, renewals, extensions,
     modifications and refundings of any such Debt, whether any such
     Debt described in (a), (b) or (c) is outstanding on the date of
     the Indenture or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless
     in any case, the instrument creating or evidencing any such Debt
     pursuant to which the same is outstanding provides that such Debt
     is not superior in right of payment to the Debentures.  The
     Company's ability to incur Senior Indebtedness after the date of
     the Indenture is limited.  See "-- Certain Covenants of the
     Company - Limitation of Debt and Senior Indebtedness."  Only
     indebtedness of the Company that is Senior Indebtedness will rank
     senior to the Debentures in accordance with the provisions of the
     Indenture.  The Company has agreed that it will not issue or
     incur any Debt (other than Senior Indebtedness or Capitalized
     Lease Obligations) unless such Debt (other than Senior
     Indebtedness or Capitalized Lease Obligations) will be
     subordinate in right of payment to the Debentures at least to the
     same extent that the Debentures are subordinate to Senior
     Indebtedness.  The Company has also agreed that it will not
     permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue or incur any Debt (other
     than Senior Indebtedness or Capitalized Lease Obligations) unless
     such Debt (other than Senior Indebtedness or Capitalized Lease
     Obligations) shall provide that such Debt (other than Senior
     Indebtedness or Capitalized Lease Obligations) will be
     subordinate in right of payment to distributions and dividends
     from such Subsidiary to the Company in an amount sufficient to
     satisfy the Company s obligations under the Debentures at least
     to the same extent the Debentures are subordinate to Senior
     Indebtedness.  The Debentures are senior in right of payment to
     the Company's 1998 Debentures.  

          The Debentures are unsecured obligations of the Company,
     and, accordingly, will rank pari passu with all trade debt and
     obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries that arise by
     operation of law or are imposed by any judicial or governmental
     authority, except that any such trade debt or other obligation
     may be senior in right of payment to the Debentures to the extent
     the same is entitled to any security interest arising by
     operation of law.  

          The Debentures are obligations exclusively of the Company,
     and the Debentures, as a practical matter, will be effectively
     subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities and
     commitments (including trade payables and lease obligations) of
     the Subsidiaries.  The right of the Company, and, therefore, the
     right of creditors of the Company (including Holders) to receive
     assets of any such Subsidiary upon the liquidation or
     reorganization of such Subsidiary or otherwise, as a practical
     matter, will be effectively subordinated to the claims of such
     Subsidiary's creditors, except to the extent the Company is
     itself recognized as a creditor of such Subsidiary or such other
     creditors have agreed to subordinate their claims to the payment
     of the Debentures, in which case the claims of the Company would
     still be subordinate to any secured claim on the assets of such
     Subsidiary and any indebtedness of such Subsidiary senior to that
     held by the Company. 


          At December 31, 1995, Senior Indebtedness (excluding
     current installments) was approximately $2.8 million and the
     indebtedness (excluding liability for income taxes) of the
     Company's subsidiaries was approximately $16.6 million.  The
     Company expects that it will from time to time incur additional
     indebtedness constituting Senior Indebtedness.


     CERTAIN COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY 

          The Indenture contains, among others, the covenants
     summarized below, which are applicable (unless waived or amended)
     so long as any of the Debentures are outstanding.  

          Limitation on Debt and Senior Indebtedness.  The Company
     will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create,
     incur, assume or directly or indirectly guarantee or in any other
     manner become directly or indirectly liable for ("incur") any
     Debt (including Acquired Debt) or Senior Indebtedness other than
     Permitted Debt (as defined); provided, however, that the Company
     and, subject to the other limitations set forth herein, its
     Subsidiaries may incur Debt or Senior Indebtedness if the Debt to
     Operating Cash Flow Ratio of the Company and its Subsidiaries at
     the time of incurrence of such Debt, after giving pro forma
     effect thereto, is 6.5:1 or less; provided that any such Debt
     incurred by the Company that is not Senior Indebtedness shall
     have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity longer than the Weighted
     Average Life to Maturity of the Debentures.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, at any time the Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio of
     the Company exceeds 6.5:1, the Company will be permitted to incur
     additional Senior Indebtedness pursuant to lines of credit for
     working capital of up to $5 million.

          For purposes of the foregoing limitations "Permitted Debt"
     means (i) Debt evidenced by the Debentures in an aggregate
     principal amount not to exceed $25.0 million, (ii) Debt owed by
     the Company to any wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company, (iii)
     Debt owed by any wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company to the
     Company or any other wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company, (iv) 
     Debt owed to Leonard Newman pursuant to the Newman Agreement, (v)
     Capitalized Lease Obligations not in excess of an aggregate of $2
     million at any one time outstanding, plus any Capitalized Lease
     Obligations from an acquisition outstanding on the date of such
     acquisition, (vi) performance bonds or letters of credit incurred
     in the ordinary course of business or in connection with
     government contracts, (vii) deferred income taxes as defined in
     accordance with GAAP, (viii) Debt constituting inter-company
     payables or receivables between or among the Company and its
     Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business or (ix)
     Refinancing Debt.

          A calculation of the Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio as
     required by this covenant shall be made, in each case, for the
     period of four full consecutive fiscal quarters next preceding
     the date on which Debt is proposed to be incurred ("Reference
     Period").  In addition, for purposes of the pro forma
     calculations required to be made above, (i) (x) the amount of
     Debt to be incurred (plus all other Debt previously incurred
     during such Reference Period), and the amount (valued at its
     liquidation value and including any accrued but unpaid dividends)
     of Disqualified Stock to be issued (plus all other Disqualified
     Stock previously issued during such Reference Period) will be
     presumed to have been incurred or issued on the first day of such
     Reference Period and (y) the amount of any Debt redeemed,
     refinanced or repurchased with the proceeds of the Debt referred
     to in clause (x) will be presumed to have been redeemed,
     refinanced or repurchased on the first day of such Reference
     Period, (ii) if any Asset Disposition occurred during such
     Reference Period, the calculations included in the computation of
     the Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio shall be adjusted to give
     effect to such Asset Disposition on a pro forma basis as if such
     Asset Disposition had occurred on the first day of such Reference
     Period, (iii) if an acquisition of a business or entity occurred
     during such Reference Period, the calculations included in the
     computation of the Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio will be
     adjusted to give effect to such acquisition on a pro forma basis
     as if such acquisition had occurred on the first day of such
     Reference Period and (iv) if such new Debt is being incurred in
     connection with an acquisition, no pro forma effect will be given
     to negative operating cash flow or losses attributable to the
     assets or business so acquired.  

          Limitation on Additional Debt After Default.  The Company
     will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, incur
     any additional Debt (other than Permitted Debt) or Senior
     Indebtedness following the occurrence of an Event of Default (as
     defined below) unless such Event of Default (and all other Events
     of Default then pending) is cured or waived. 

          Limitation on Preferred Stock.  The Company will not, and
     will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, issue any shares of
     Disqualified Stock.

          Limitation on Dividend Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 
     The Company may not, and may not permit any of its Subsidiaries
     to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become
     effective any encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the
     ability of any Subsidiary of the Company to (a) pay to the
     Company dividends or make to the Company any other distribution
     on its Capital Stock, (b) pay any Debt owed to the Company or any
     of its Subsidiaries, (c) make loans or advances to the Company or
     any of the Company's Subsidiaries or (d) transfer any of its
     property or assets to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
     other than such encumbrances or restrictions existing or created
     under or by reason of (i) applicable law, (ii) the Indenture,
     (iii) covenants or restrictions contained in any instrument
     governing Debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries existing
     on the date of the Indenture, (iv) customary provisions
     restricting subletting, assignment and transfer of any lease
     governing a leasehold interest of the Company or any of its
     Subsidiaries or in any license or other agreement entered into in
     the ordinary course of business, (v) any agreement governing Debt
     of a person acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in
     existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in
     contemplation thereof), which encumbrances or restrictions are
     not applicable to any person, or the property or assets of any
     person, other than the person, or the property or assets of the
     person so acquired, (vi) any restriction with respect to a
     Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into in
     accordance with the terms of the Indenture for the sale or
     disposition of Capital Stock or property or assets of such
     Subsidiary, pending the closing of such sale or disposition,
     (vii) with respect to any Subsidiary, the terms of any contract
     with the United States or any foreign government or any
     instrumentality thereof or any prime contractor for any such
     contract pertaining to retention of funds by such Subsidiary
     equivalent to any progress payments or deposits made pursuant to
     such contract or (viii) any Refinancing Debt; provided, however,
     that the encumbrances or restrictions contained in the agreements
     governing any such Refinancing Debt shall be no more restrictive
     than the encumbrances or restrictions set forth in the agreements
     governing the Debt being refinanced as in effect on the date of
     the Indenture.  

          Limitation on Liens.  The Company will not, and will not
     permit any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to
     create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien (other than
     Permitted Liens) upon or with respect to any of the Property of
     the Company or any such Subsidiary, whether owned on the date of
     the Indenture or thereafter acquired, or on any income or profits
     therefrom, to secure any Debt which is pari passu with or
     subordinate in right of payment to the Debentures.  

          Limitation on Restricted Payments and Investments.  The
     Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
     directly or indirectly, (i) declare or pay any distribution or
     dividend on or in respect of any class of its Capital Stock
     (except dividends or distributions payable by wholly owned
     Subsidiaries of the Company and dividends or distributions
     payable in Qualified Stock of the Company or in options, warrants
     or other rights to purchase Qualified Stock of the Company); (ii)
     purchase, repurchase, prepay, redeem, defease or otherwise
     acquire or retire for value (other than in Qualified Stock of the
     Company or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase
     Qualified Stock of the Company) any Capital Stock in the Company
     or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a wholly owned Subsidiary
     of the Company); (iii) make or permit any Subsidiary to make an
     Investment (other than Permitted Investments) in any of its or
     their Affiliates or any Related Person, or any payment on a
     guaranty of any obligation of any of its or their Affiliates or
     any Related Person (other than (a) of any wholly owned Subsidiary
     or (b) of any other Subsidiary in an amount equal to the amount
     of the obligation with respect to which such guaranty relates
     multiplied by the fraction whose numerator is the ownership
     percentage of such Subsidiary by the Company and its wholly owned
     Subsidiaries and whose denominator is 100%); or (iv) repay,
     prepay, redeem, defease, retire or refinance, prior to scheduled
     maturity or scheduled sinking fund payment, any other Debt which
     is pari passu with, or subordinate to, the Debentures (other than
     (x) by the payment of Qualified Stock of the Company or of
     options, warrants or other rights to purchase Qualified Stock of
     the Company or (y) up to $10.0 million aggregate principal amount
     of the 1998 Debentures) except, in the case of this clause (iv),
     if the proceeds used for such repayment, prepayment, redemption,
     defeasance, retirement or refinancing are generated from the
     issuance of Refinancing Debt (any such declaration, payment,
     distribution, purchase, repurchase, prepayment, redemption,
     defeasance or other acquisition or retirement or Investment
     referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above being hereinafter
     referred to as a "Restricted Payment"); unless at the time of and
     after giving effect to a proposed Restricted Payment (the value
     of any such payment, if other than cash, as determined by the
     Board of Directors, including the affirmative vote of the
     Independent Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive
     and evidenced by a board resolution) (a) no Event of Default (and
     no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would
     become an Event of Default) shall have occurred and be continuing
     and, (b) the Company could incur an additional $1.00 of Debt
     pursuant to the first sentence under "Limitation on Debt and
     Senior Indebtedness" above.  

          Limitation on Stock Splits, Consolidations and
     Reclassifications.  The Company will not effect a stock split,
     consolidation or reclassification of any class of its Capital
     Stock unless (a) an equivalent stock split, consolidation or
     reclassification is simultaneously made with respect to each
     other class of Capital Stock of the Company and all securities
     exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into any Capital
     Stock of the Company, and (b) after such stock split,
     consolidation or reclassification all of the relative voting,
     dividend and other rights and preferences of each class of
     Capital Stock of the Company are identical to those in effect
     immediately preceding such stock split, consolidation or
     reclassification.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may
     combine its Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock into a
     single class of Common Stock, such that the holder of each share
     of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock outstanding
     immediately prior to such combination shall, from and after such
     combination, be entitled to the same voting, dividend,
     liquidation and other rights and preferences with respect to such
     share as every other holder of Class A Common Stock or Class B
     Common Stock.  

          Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.  The
     Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
     make any Asset Disposition having a fair market value or
     resulting in gross proceeds to the Company or any such Subsidiary
     in excess of $1.0 million in any single transaction or series of
     related transactions or $5.0 million in the aggregate over the
     life of the Debentures, unless the Company or any such Subsidiary
     receives consideration at the time of such Asset Disposition at
     least equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board
     of Directors of the Company and evidenced by a board resolution)
     of the interests and assets subject to such Asset Disposition.   

          Transactions with Related Persons.  The Company will not,
     and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or
     indirectly, enter into any transaction or series of related
     transactions (including, without limitation, the sale, purchase,
     exchange or lease of assets, property or services) with (a) any
     beneficial owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting
     securities of the Company (as determined in accordance with
     Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) at the time of such
     transaction, (b) any officer, director or employee of the
     Company, of any of its Subsidiaries or of any such beneficial
     owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the
     Company as described in clause (a) above or (c) any Related
     Person unless such transaction or series of transactions (i)
     involves an amount of $250,000 or less or (ii)(A) is on terms
     that are no less favorable to the Company or any such Subsidiary,
     as the case may be, than would be available in a comparable
     transaction with an unrelated third party and (B)(x) if such
     transaction or series of related transactions involve aggregate
     payments in excess of $400,000, the Company delivers an officers'
     certificate to the Trustee certifying that such transaction
     complies with clause (ii)(A) above and such transaction or series
     of transactions is approved by a majority of the Board of
     Directors of the Company including the approval of each of the
     Independent Directors or (y) if such transaction or series of
     related transactions involve aggregate payments in excess of $1.5
     million, the Company obtains an opinion as to the fairness to the
     Company or such Subsidiary from a financial point of view issued
     by an investment banking firm, appraisal firm or accounting firm,
     in each case of national standing.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, this provision will not apply to (i) any transaction
     entered into between the Company and Subsidiaries of the Company
     (but excluding transactions with any Subsidiary of which more
     than 20% of the outstanding voting securities (as determined in
     accordance with Section 13(d) under the Exchange Act) are
     beneficially owned by Persons who are (a) officers, directors or
     employees of the Company, of any of its Subsidiaries or of any
     beneficial owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting
     securities of the Company (as determined in accordance with
     Section 13(d) under the Exchange Act) at the time of such
     transaction, (b) a beneficial owner of 20% or more of the
     outstanding voting securities of the Company (as determined in
     accordance with Section 13(d) under the Exchange Act) or (c)
     Related Persons), (ii) the payment of compensation and provision
     of benefits to officers and employees of the Company and loans
     and advances to such officers and employees in the ordinary
     course of business, or any issuance of securities, or other
     payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise
     (including the grant of stock options or similar rights to
     officers, employees and directors of the Company or any
     Subsidiary) pursuant to, or the funding of, employment
     arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans or other
     benefit plans approved by the Independent Directors, (iii) the
     Newman Agreement and the Gross Agreement and (iv) transactions
     with any Person who is a director of the Company or of any of its
     Subsidiaries and, who is not (a) the beneficial owner of 20% or
     more of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (as
     determined in accordance with Section 13(d) under the Exchange
     Act) or (b) an officer or employee of the Company, of any of its
     Subsidiaries or of any such beneficial owner of 20% or more of
     the outstanding voting securities of the Company at the time of
     such transaction.
      
          Limitation of Payments to Affiliates after Default.  The
     Company shall not enter into any transaction with any Person who
     is an officer or director of the Company, or of any of its
     Subsidiaries, or of any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the
     outstanding voting securities of the Company (as determined in
     accordance with Section 13(d) under the Exchange Act) at the time
     of such transaction (but excluding the Persons identified below)
     unless it is provided that the Company's monetary obligations
     with respect thereto are subordinate in right of payment to the
     Debentures at least to the same extent as the Debentures are
     subordinate to Senior Indebtedness.  The Company shall not permit
     any of its Subsidiaries to enter into any transaction with any
     Person who is an officer or director of the Company, or of any of
     its Subsidiaries or of any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the
     outstanding voting securities of the Company (as determined in
     accordance with Section 13(d) under the Exchange Act) at the time
     of such transaction (but excluding the Persons identified below)
     unless it is provided that such Subsidiary's monetary obligations
     with respect thereto are subordinate in right of payment to
     distributions and dividends from such Subsidiary to the Company
     in an amount sufficient to satisfy the Company's obligations
     under the Debentures at least to the same extent that the
     Debentures are subordinate to Senior Indebtedness. 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, such limitation shall not apply to
     (i) the regular compensation payable to any person who is an
     employee of the Company, (ii) payments made pursuant to any
     pension or other plan made available to employees (including
     officers) of the Company and either existing on the date of the
     Indenture or thereafter approved by the Independent Directors,
     (iii) payments pursuant to the Newman Agreement or the Gross
     Agreement or (iv) any payment made to a director of the Company
     or of any of its Subsidiaries who is not (a) the beneficial owner
     of 20% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the
     Company (as determined in accordance with section 13(d) under the
     Exchange Act) or (b) an officer or employee of the Company, of
     any of its Subsidiaries or of any such beneficial owner of 20% or
     more of the outstanding voting securities of the Company at the
     time of such transaction. 

     CONSOLIDATION, MERGER AND SALE OF ASSETS

          The Company, without the consent of the Holders of any of
     the Debentures, may consolidate with or merge into any other
     entity or convey, transfer, sell or lease its assets
     substantially as an entirety to any person or entity, provided
     that: (i) either (a) the Company is the continuing corporation or
     (b) the corporation or other entity formed by such consolidation
     or into which the Company is merged or the person or entity to
     which such assets are conveyed, transferred, sold or leased is
     organized under the laws of the United States or any state
     thereof or the District of Columbia and expressly assumes all
     obligations of the Company under the Debentures and the
     Indenture, (ii) immediately after and giving effect to such
     merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer, sale or lease no
     Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of
     time, would become an Event of Default, under the Indenture shall
     have occurred and be continuing, (iii) upon consummation of such
     consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, sale or lease, the
     Debentures and the Indenture will be a valid and enforceable
     obligation of the Company or such successor and (iv) the Company
     has delivered to the Trustee an officer's certificate and an
     opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger,
     conveyance, transfer, sale or lease complies with the provisions
     of the Indenture.

     EVENTS OF DEFAULT

          The following will be Events of Default under the Indenture: 
     (a) failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, on any
     Debenture when due and payable at maturity, upon redemption, upon
     a Change of Control Offer, Deficiency Offer or otherwise, whether
     or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions
     of the Indenture; (b) failure to pay any interest on any
     Debenture when due and payable, which failure continues for 30
     days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the
     subordination provisions of the Indenture; (c) failure to perform
     the other covenants of the Company in the Indenture, which
     failure continues for 60 days after written notice as provided in
     the Indenture; (d) a default occurs (after giving effect to any
     applicable grace periods or any extension of any maturity date)
     in the payment when due of principal of and or acceleration of,
     any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its
     Subsidiaries in excess of $1.0 million, individually or in the
     aggregate, if such indebtedness is not discharged, or such
     acceleration is not annulled, within 10 days after written notice
     as provided in the Indenture; and (e) certain events of
     bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or any
     Subsidiary.  Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating
     to the duties of the Trustee in case an Event of Default shall
     occur and be continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation
     to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at
     the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such
     Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. 
     Subject to such provisions for the indemnification of the
     Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
     of the outstanding Debentures will have the right to direct the
     time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any
     remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power
     conferred on the Trustee.  

          If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, either
     the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
     amount of the then outstanding Debentures may accelerate the
     maturity of all Debentures; provided, however, that after such
     acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on
     acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
     amount of the then outstanding Debentures may, under certain
     circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events
     of Default, other than the non-payment of accelerated principal,
     have been cured or waived as provided in the Indenture.  For
     information as to waiver of defaults, see "Modification and
     Waivers."  

          No Holder of any Debenture will have any right to institute
     any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the
     appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy
     thereunder unless (i) such Holder shall have previously given to
     the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default, (ii)
     the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
     then outstanding Debentures shall have made written request, and
     offered indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee to institute such
     proceeding as trustee, (iii) the Trustee shall have failed to
     institute such proceeding within 60 days after the receipt of
     such notice and (iv) no direction inconsistent with such request
     shall have been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by
     the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
     then outstanding Debentures. 

          The Company will be required to furnish annually to the
     Trustee a statement as to the performance by the Company of
     certain of its obligations under the Indenture and as to any
     default in such performance. 

     MODIFICATIONS AND WAIVERS

          Modifications and amendments of the Indenture may be made by
     the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of
     not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
     then outstanding Debentures held by persons other than Affiliates
     of the Company; provided, however, that no such modification or
     amendment may, without the consent of the Holder of each
     outstanding Debenture affected thereby, (i) change the stated
     maturity of, or any installment of interest on, any Debenture,
     (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Debenture or reduce the
     rate or extend the time of payment of interest on any Debenture,
     (iii) increase the conversion price (other than in connection
     with a reverse stock split as provided in the Indenture), (iv)
     change the place or currency of payment of principal of, or
     premium or repurchase price, if any, or interest on, any
     Debenture, (v) impair the right to institute suit for the
     enforcement of any payment on or with respect to any Debenture,
     (vi) adversely affect the right to exchange or convert
     Debentures, (vii) reduce the percentage of the aggregate
     principal amount of outstanding Debentures, the consent of the
     Holders of which is necessary to modify or amend the Indenture,
     (viii) reduce the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of
     outstanding Debentures, the consent of the Holders of which is
     necessary for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of the
     Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults, (ix) modify the
     provisions of the Indenture with respect to the subordination of
     the Debentures in a manner adverse to the Holders, (x) modify the
     provisions of the Indenture with respect to the right to require
     the Company to repurchase Debentures in a manner adverse to the
     Holders or (xi) modify the provisions of the Indenture with
     respect to the vote necessary to amend this provision.  

          The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
     the outstanding Debentures held by persons other than Affiliates
     of the Company may, on behalf of all Holders, waive any past
     default under the Indenture or Event of Default, except a default
     in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any
     of the Debentures or in respect of a provision which under the
     Indenture cannot be modified without the consent of the Holder of
     each outstanding Debenture.

     DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE 

          The Indenture provides that the Company may defease and be
     discharged from its obligations in respect of the Debentures
     while the Debentures remain outstanding (except for certain
     obligations to convert the Debentures into Common Stock, register
     the transfer, substitution or exchange of Debentures, to replace
     stolen, lost or mutilated Debentures and to maintain an office or
     agency and the rights, obligations and immunities of the
     Trustee), if all outstanding Debentures will become due and
     payable at their scheduled maturity within one year and the
     Company has irrevocably deposited, or caused to be deposited,
     with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements
     of the Indenture), in trust for such purpose, (a) money in an
     amount, (b) U.S. Government Obligations (as defined below) which
     through the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest
     in accordance with their terms will provide money in an amount,
     or (c) a combination thereof, sufficient in the opinion of a
     nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants
     expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the
     Trustee, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
     on the outstanding Debentures at maturity or upon redemption,
     together with all other amounts payable by the Company under the
     Indenture.  Such defeasance will become effective 91 days after
     such deposit only if, among other things, (x) no Default or Event
     of Default with respect to the Debentures has occurred and is
     continuing on the date of such deposit or occurs as a result of
     such deposit or at any time during the period ending on the 91st
     day after the date of such deposit, (y) such defeasance does not
     result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
     under, any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is
     a party or by which it is bound, and (z) the Company has
     delivered to the Trustee (A) either a private Internal Revenue
     Service ruling or an opinion of counsel that Holders will not
     recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as
     a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be
     subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same
     manner, and at the same times, as would have been the case if
     such deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred, (B) an
     opinion of counsel to the effect that the deposit shall not
     result in the Company, the Trustee or the trust being deemed to
     be an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, as amended, and (C) an officers' certificate and an opinion
     of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating
     to a defeasance have been complied with.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, the Company's obligations to pay principal, premium,
     if any, and interest on the Debentures shall continue until the
     Internal Revenue Service ruling or opinion of counsel referred to
     in clause (z) (B) above is provided. 

     REPORTS TO HOLDERS

          So long as the Company is subject to the periodic reporting
     requirements of the Exchange Act it will continue to furnish the
     information required thereby to the Commission.  The Indenture
     provides that even if the Company is entitled under the Exchange
     Act not to furnish such information to the Commission or to the
     Holders, it will nonetheless continue to furnish information
     under Section 13 of the Exchange Act to the Commission and the
     Trustee as if it were subject to such periodic reporting
     requirements. 

     GOVERNING LAW

          The Indenture and the Debentures are governed by, and
     construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York,
     without giving effect to such State's conflicts of law
     principles.  

     INFORMATION CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

          The Company and its Subsidiaries may maintain deposit
     accounts and conduct other banking transactions with the Trustee
     or its affiliates in the ordinary course of business, and the
     Trustee and its affiliates may from time to time in the future
     provide the Company and its Subsidiaries with banking and
     financial services in the ordinary course of their businesses.  

     CERTAIN DEFINITIONS 

          Set forth below is a summary of certain defined terms used
     in the Indenture.  Reference is made to the Indenture for the
     full definition of all such terms and for the definitions of
     other defined terms used in the Prospectus and not defined below.

          "Acquired Debt" of any specified person means Debt of any
     other person existing at the time such other person merged with
     or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified person,
     including Debt incurred in connection with, or in contemplation
     of, such other person becoming a Subsidiary of such specified
     person.

          "Affiliate" of any specified Person means (i) any other
     Person who, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is
     controlled by or is under common control with such specified
     Person or (ii) any Person who is a director or officer (a) of
     such specified Person, (b) of any Subsidiary of such specified
     Person or (c) of any Person described in clause (i) above.  For
     purpose of this definition, control of a person means the power,
     directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the
     management and policies of such person whether by contract or
     otherwise; and the terms "controlling" or "controlled" have
     meanings correlative to the foregoing.

          "Asset Disposition" means any sale, lease, transfer or other
     disposition (or series of related sales, leases, transfers or
     dispositions) of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary, property or other
     asset (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a
     "disposition") by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other
     than (i) any disposition by any Subsidiary of the Company to the
     Company or by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to a
     wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) a disposition of
     property or assets in the ordinary course of business and (iii)
     any issuance or sale by the Company of its Capital Stock,
     including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or
     similar transaction.

          "Capital Stock" of any person means any and all shares,
     interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations
     or other equivalents of or interests in the common or preferred
     equity (however designated) of such person, including, without
     limitation, partnership interests.

          "Capitalized Lease Obligation" means, with respect to any
     person for any period, an obligation of such person to pay rent
     or other amounts under a lease that is required to be capitalized
     for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP; and the
     amount of such obligation shall be the capitalized amount shown
     on the balance sheet of such person as determined in accordance
     with GAAP.

          "Common Stock" as applied to the Capital Stock of any
     corporation, means the common equity (however designated) of such
     Person.

          "Consolidated Net Income" means, for any fiscal period, the
     Net Income or loss of the Company and its Subsidiaries as the
     same would appear on a consolidated statement of earnings of the
     Company for such fiscal period prepared in accordance with GAAP,
     provided that (i) any extraordinary gain (but not loss) and any
     gain (but not loss) on sales of assets outside the ordinary
     course of business, in each case together with any related
     provisions for taxes, realized during such period shall be
     excluded, (ii) the results of operations of any person acquired
     in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the
     date of such acquisition shall be excluded, (iii) Net Income
     attributable to any person other than a Subsidiary that is at
     least 50% owned by the Company shall be included only to the
     extent of the amount of cash dividends or distributions actually
     paid to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company during such
     period, (iv) any extraordinary charge resulting from the
     repurchase of the Debentures shall be excluded and (v) the
     cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles based upon
     the implementation of a change required by the Financial
     Accounting Standards Board shall be excluded.

          "Consolidated Net Worth" means, for any fiscal period, the
     net stockholders' equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries as
     the same would appear on the consolidated balance sheet of the
     Company as at the end of such fiscal period prepared in
     accordance with GAAP. 

          "Continuing Directors" means any member of the Board of
     Directors of the Company who (i) is a member of that Board of
     Directors on the date of the Indenture or (ii) was nominated for
     election or elected to the Board of Directors with the
     affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors who
     were members of the Board at the time of such nomination or
     election.

          "Current Market Price" means, when used with respect to any
     security as of any date, the last sale price, regular way, or, in
     case no such sale takes place on such date, the average of the
     closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as
     reported for consolidated transactions on the New York Stock
     Exchange or, if the security is not listed or admitted to trading
     on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported for consolidated
     transactions with respect to securities listed on the principal
     national securities exchange on which such security is listed or
     admitted to trading or, if the security is not listed or admitted
     to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted
     price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low
     asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the
     National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated
     Quotations System or such other system then in use or, if the
     security is not quoted by any such organization, the average of
     the closing bid and asked prices furnished by a New York Stock
     Exchange member firm selected by the Company.  "Current Market
     Price" means, when used with respect to any Property other than a
     security as of any date, the market value of such Property on
     such date as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company
     in good faith, which shall be entitled to rely for such purposes
     on the advice of any firm of investment bankers or appraisers
     having familiarity with such Property. 

          "Debt" of any person as of any date means and includes,
     without duplication, (i) the principal of and premium, if any, in
     respect of indebtedness of such person, contingent or otherwise,
     for borrowed money, including, without limitation, all interest,
     fees and expenses owed with respect thereto (whether or not the
     recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such
     person or only to a portion thereof), or evidenced by bonds,
     notes, debentures or similar instruments, or representing the
     deferred and unpaid balance of the purchase price of any property
     or interest therein or services, if and to the extent such
     indebtedness would appear as a liability (other than a liability
     for accounts payable and accrued expenses incurred in the
     ordinary course of business) upon a balance sheet of such person
     prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (ii)
     all obligations issued or contracted for as payment in
     consideration of the purchase by such person of the Capital Stock
     or substantially all of the assets of another person or as a
     result of a merger or a consolidation (other than any earn-outs
     or installment payments), (iii) all Capitalized Lease Obligations
     of such person, (iv) all obligations of such person in respect of
     letters of credit or similar instruments or reimbursement of
     letters of credit or similar instruments (whether or not such
     items would appear on the balance sheet of such person), (v) all
     net obligations of such person in respect of interest rate
     protection and foreign currency hedging arrangements, (vi) all
     guarantees by such person of items that would constitute Debt
     under this definition (whether or not such items would appear on
     such balance sheet), and (vii) the amount of all obligations of
     such person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other
     repurchase of any Disqualified Stock, but only to the extent such
     obligations arise on or prior to January 1, 2004; provided,
     however, that Debt issued at a discount from par shall be treated
     as if issued at par.  The amount of Debt of any person at any
     date shall be the outstanding balance on such date of all
     unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum
     determinable liability, upon the occurrence of the liability
     giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations
     referred to in clauses (i), (iv), (vi) and (vii) above at such
     date.

          "Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio" means, as of any date of
     determination, the ratio of (i) (a) the aggregate principal
     amount of all outstanding Debt of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries as of such date on a consolidated basis plus (b) the
     aggregate par or stated value of all outstanding Preferred Stock
     of the Company and its Subsidiaries as reflected on the Company's
     most recent consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance
     with GAAP (excluding any such Preferred Stock held by the Company
     or a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company) or, if greater with
     respect to any class of Capital Stock which is Disqualified
     Stock, the aggregate redemption amount thereof as reflected on
     the Company's most recent consolidated balance sheet (excluding
     any such Disqualified Stock held by the Company or a wholly owned
     Subsidiary of the Company) to (ii) Operating Cash Flow of the
     Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four
     most recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such
     date, determined on a pro forma basis as set forth in the
     covenant "Limitation on Debt and Senior Indebtedness."

          "Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock which, by its
     terms or by the terms of any security into which it is
     convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the
     holder thereof or mandatorily (except to the extent that such
     exchange or conversion right cannot be exercised or such
     mandatory conversion cannot occur prior to January 1, 2004), is,
     or upon the happening of an event or the passage of time would
     be, (a) required to be redeemed or repurchased by the Company or
     any of its Subsidiaries, including at the option of the holder,
     in whole or in part, or has, or upon the happening of an event or
     passage of time would have, a redemption or similar payment due
     prior to January 1, 2004 or (b) exchangeable or convertible into
     debt securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at the
     option of the holder thereof or mandatorily, except to the extent
     that such exchange or conversion right cannot be exercised or
     such mandatory conversion cannot occur on or prior to January 1,
     2004.

          "GAAP" means, as of any date, generally accepted accounting
     principles in the United States and does not include any
     interpretations or regulations that have been proposed but that
     have not become effective.

          "Independent Directors" means directors that (i) are not 20%
     or greater stockholders of the Company or the designee of any
     such stockholder, (ii) are not officers or employees of the
     Company, any of its Subsidiaries or of a stockholder referred to
     above in clause (i), (iii) are not Related Persons and (iv) do
     not have relationships that, in the opinion of the Board of
     Directors, would interfere with their exercise of independent
     judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of the directors. 

          "Investment" means any loan or advance to any person, any
     acquisition of any interest in any other person (including (i)
     with respect to a corporation, any and all shares, interests,
     rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other
     equivalents of or interests in (however designated) corporate
     stock, including any Preferred Stock and any securities
     convertible or exchangeable for any of the foregoing, bonds,
     notes, debentures, loans or other securities or Debt of such
     other person and (ii) with respect to a partnership or similar
     person, any and all units, interests, rights to purchase,
     warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or
     other partnership interests in (however designated) such person
     and any securities convertible or exchangeable for any of the
     foregoing), any capital contribution to any other person, or any
     other investment in any other person, other than (a) advances to
     officers and employees in the ordinary course of business, (b)
     creation of receivables in the ordinary course of business and
     (c) negotiable instruments endorsed for collection in the
     ordinary course of business.

          "Lien" means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security
     interest or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever (including
     any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any
     lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give any
     security interest).

          "Net Income" of any person means the net income (or loss) of
     such person, determined in accordance with GAAP, excluding,
     however, from the determination of Net Income any extraordinary
     gain (but not loss) and any gain (but not loss) realized upon the
     sale or other disposition (including, without limitation,
     dispositions pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions) of any real
     property or equipment of such person, which is not sold or
     otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business, or of
     any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of such person.

          "Operating Cash Flow" means, with respect to the Company and
     its Subsidiaries for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of
     the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period, plus (i)
     extraordinary net losses and net losses on sales of assets other
     than in the ordinary course of business during such period, to
     the extent such losses were deducted in computing Consolidated
     Net Income, plus (ii) provision for taxes based on income or
     profits, to the extent such provision for taxes was included in
     computing such Consolidated Net Income, and any provision for
     taxes utilized in computing the net losses under clause (i)
     hereof, plus (iii) to the extent deducted in calculating
     Consolidated Net Income, Total Interest Expense of the Company
     and its Subsidiaries for such period, plus (iv) depreciation,
     amortization and all other non-cash charges, to the extent such
     depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges (excluding
     any such non-cash charges to the extent that they require an
     accrual of or reserve for cash charges for any future periods)
     were deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income
     (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles). 

          "Permitted Investments" means (i) Investments in the Company
     or in a Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) Investments by the
     Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in a person, if as a
     result of such Investment (a) such person becomes or is a wholly
     owned Subsidiary of the Company or the Subsidiary making such
     Investment or (b) such person is merged, consolidated or
     amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially
     all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company, the
     Subsidiary making such Investment or a wholly owned Subsidiary of
     either the Company or such Subsidiary making such Investment
     (provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any
     interests or other transaction which results in any such wholly
     owned Subsidiary ceasing to be a wholly owned Subsidiary of the
     Company, the Subsidiary making such Investment or another wholly
     owned Subsidiary of either the Company or such Subsidiary making
     such Investment, or any subsequent transfer of such Permitted
     Investment (other than to the Company, the Subsidiary making such
     Investment or another wholly owned Subsidiary of either the
     Company or such Subsidiary making such Investment) shall be
     deemed for the purposes hereof to constitute the making of a new
     Investment by the maker thereof and therefore subject to a new
     determination of whether such Investment qualifies as a Permitted
     Investment); (iii) U.S. Government Obligations maturing within
     one year of the date of acquisition thereof; (iv) certificates of
     deposit maturing within one year of the date of acquisition
     thereof issued by a bank or trust company that is organized under
     the laws of the United States or any state thereof having
     capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of
     $100,000,000; (v) repurchase agreements with respect to U.S.
     Government Obligations; and (vi) Investments in commercial paper
     rated at least A1 or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor's
     Corporation or P1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's Investor
     Services, Inc. and maturing not more than 90 days from the date
     of the acquisition thereof.

          "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens for taxes, assessments or
     governmental charges or claims that either (a) are not yet
     delinquent or (b) are being contested in good faith by
     appropriate proceedings and as to which appropriate reserves have
     been established or other provisions have been made in accordance
     with GAAP; (ii) statutory Liens of landlords and carriers',
     warehousemen's, mechanics', suppliers', materialmen's,
     repairmen's or other Liens imposed by law and arising in the
     ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts that, to
     the extent applicable, either (a) are not yet delinquent by more
     than 30 days or (b) are being contested in good faith by
     appropriate proceedings and as to which appropriate reserves have
     been established or other provisions have been made in accordance
     with GAAP; (iii) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by the
     Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended)
     incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in
     connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and
     other types of social security; (iv) judgment or other similar
     Liens arising in connection with court proceedings, provided that
     (a) the execution or enforcement of each such Lien is effectively
     stayed within 30 days after entry of such judgment (or such
     judgment has been discharged within such 30 day period), the
     claims secured thereby are being contested in good faith by
     appropriate proceedings timely commenced and diligently
     prosecuted and the aggregate amount of the claims secured thereby
     does not exceed $1,000,000 at any time or (b) the payment of
     which is covered in full by insurance and the insurance company
     has not denied or contested coverage thereof; (v) Liens existing
     on property or assets of any entity at the time it becomes a
     Subsidiary or existing on property or assets at the time of the
     acquisition thereof by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
     which Liens were not created or assumed in contemplation of, or
     in connection with, such entity becoming a Subsidiary or such
     acquisition, as the case may be, and which attach only to such
     property or assets, provided that the Debt secured by such Liens
     is not thereafter increased; (vi) Liens incurred in connection
     with Capitalized Lease Obligations otherwise permitted under the
     Indenture; (vii) Liens securing Refinancing Debt, provided that
     such Liens only extend to the property or assets securing the
     Debt being refinanced, such Refinanced Debt was previously
     secured by similar Liens on such property or assets and the Debt
     or other obligations secured by such Liens is not increased;
     (viii) Liens securing the advance of progress payments or
     deposits made by the United States or any foreign government or
     any instrumentality thereof or any prime contractor for any such
     government or instrumentality and received by the Company in the
     ordinary course of its business; (ix) the Lien created by the
     Master Security Agreement between General Electric Capital
     Corporation and OMI Acquisition Corporation dated as of August
     28, 1995; and (x) any other Liens existing on the date of the
     Indenture. 

          "Preferred Stock" means, with respect to any person, Capital
     Stock of such person of any class or classes (however designated)
     which is preferred as to the payments of dividends or
     distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any
     voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such
     person, over any other class of the Capital Stock of such person.

          "Property" of any person means all types of real, personal,
     tangible, intangible or mixed property owned by such person
     whether or not included on the most recent consolidated balance
     sheet of such person in accordance with GAAP.

          "Qualified Stock" means Capital Stock of the Company that is
     not Disqualified Stock.

          "Refinancing Debt" means Debt that refunds, refinances or
     extends any Debentures, or other Debt existing on the date of the
     Indenture or thereafter incurred by the Company or its
     Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, but only to
     the extent that (i) the Refinancing Debt is subordinated to the
     Debentures to the same extent as the Debt being refunded,
     refinanced or extended, if at all, (ii) the Refinancing Debt is
     scheduled to mature either (a) no earlier than the Debt being
     refunded, refinanced or extended, or (b) after the maturity date
     of the Debentures, (iii) the portion, if any, of the Refinancing
     Debt that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the maturity date
     of the Debentures has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the
     time such Refinancing Debt is incurred that is equal to or
     greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the portion
     of the Debt being refunded, refinanced or extended that is
     scheduled to mature on or prior to the maturity date of the
     Debentures, (iv) such Refinancing Debt is in an aggregate
     principal amount that is equal to or less than the aggregate
     principal amount then outstanding under the Debt being refunded,
     refinanced or extended, plus customary fees and expenses
     associated with refinancing and (v) such Refinancing Debt is
     incurred by the same person that initially incurred the Debt
     being refunded, refinanced or extended, except that (a) the
     Company may incur Refinancing Debt to refund, refinance or extend
     Debt of any Subsidiary of the Company, and (b) any Subsidiary of
     the Company may incur Refinancing Debt to refund, refinance or
     extend Debt of any other wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company.

          "Related Person" means an individual related to an officer,
     director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates
     which relation is by blood, marriage or adoption and not more
     remote than first cousin.

          "Subsidiary" of any person means a corporation or other
     entity a majority of whose Capital Stock with voting power, under
     ordinary circumstances, entitling holders of such Capital Stock
     to elect the board of directors or other governing body, is at
     the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such person and/or a
     Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of such person.

          "Total Interest Expense" means, for any period, the interest
     expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period,
     determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP,
     whether paid or accrued (including amortization of original issue
     discount, non-cash interest payments and the interest component
     of capital leases, but excluding amortization of debt and
     Preferred Stock issuance costs).

          "U.S. Government Obligations" means non-callable (i) direct
     obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest
     in such obligations) of the United States for which its full
     faith and credit are pledged and (ii) obligations of a person
     controlled or supervised by, and acting as an agency or
     instrumentality of, the United States, the payment of which is
     unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation
     of the United States.

          "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to
     any Debt or Preferred Stock or portions thereof (if applicable)
     at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the
     then outstanding principal amount or liquidation amount of such
     Debt or Preferred Stock or portions thereof (if applicable) into
     (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the
     amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial
     maturity or other required payment of principal, including
     payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number
     of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse
     between such date and the making of such payment.

     BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM 

          Except as set forth below, the Debentures were initially
     issued in the form of registered debentures in global form
     without coupons (each, a "Global Debenture").  The Global
     Debentures were deposited on the date of the closing of the sale
     of the Debentures (the "Closing Date") with, or on behalf of, the
     Depository Trust Company (the "Depository") and registered in the
     name of Cede & Co., as nominee of the Depository.  Interests in
     the Global Debentures were available for purchase pursuant to the
     Debenture Offering only by "qualified institutional buyers," as
     defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act ("QIBs").  The
     Debentures to be resold as set forth herein will be initially
     issued in global form (the "New Global Debentures").

          Debentures that were (i) originally issued to or transferred
     to institutional "accredited investors," as defined in Rule
     501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act (an
     "Institutional Accredited Investor"), who are not QIBs or to any
     other persons who are not QIBs or (ii) issued as described below
     under "-- Certificated Debentures," were issued in registered
     form without coupons (the "Certificated Debentures").

          The Depository has advised the Company that it is (i) a
     limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the
     State of New York, (ii) a member of the Federal Reserve System,
     (iii) a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the Uniform
     Commercial Code, as amended, and (iv) a "Clearing Agency"
     registered pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act.  The
     Depository was created to hold securities for its participants
     (collectively, the "Participants") and facilitates the clearance
     and settlement of securities transactions between Participants
     through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its
     Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical transfer
     and delivery of certificates.  The Depository's Participants
     include securities brokers and dealers (including the Initial
     Purchaser), banks and trust companies, clearing corporations and
     certain other organizations.  Access to the Depository's system
     is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers,
     dealers and trust companies (collectively, the "Indirect
     Participants") that clear through or maintain a custodial
     relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly.
      
          The Company expects that pursuant to procedures established
     by the Depository (i) upon deposit of the Global Debentures or
     New Global Debentures, the Depository will credit the accounts of
     Participants with an interest in the Global Debenture or New
     Global Debentures, as applicable, and (ii) ownership of the
     Debentures will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership
     thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by the
     Depository (with respect to the interest of Participants), the
     Participants and the Indirect Participants.  The laws of some
     states require that certain persons take physical delivery in
     definitive form of securities that they own and that security
     interest in negotiable instruments can only be perfected by
     delivery of certificates representing the instruments. 
     Consequently, the ability to transfer Debentures or to pledge the
     Debentures as collateral will be limited to such extent.  

          So long as the Depository or its nominee is the registered
     owner of the Global Debentures or the New Global Debentures, as
     the case may be, the Depository or such nominee, as the case may
     be, will be considered the sole owner or Holder of the Debentures
     represented by the Global Debentures or the New Global
     Debentures, as the case may be, for all purposes under the
     Indenture.  Except as provided below, owners of beneficial
     interests in the Global Debentures or the New Global Debentures,
     as the case may be, will not be entitled to have Debentures
     represented by such Global Debentures or New Global Debentures,
     registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to
     receive physical delivery of Certificated Debentures, and will
     not be considered the owners or Holders thereof under the
     Indenture for any purpose, including with respect to giving of
     any directions, instruction or approval to the Trustee
     thereunder.  As a result, the ability of a person having a
     beneficial interest in Debentures represented by a Global
     Debenture or a New Global Debenture, as the case may be, to
     pledge such interest to persons or entities that do not
     participate in the Depository's system or to otherwise take
     action with respect to such interest, may be affected by the lack
     of a physical certificate evidencing such interest.

          Accordingly, each holder owning a beneficial interest in a
     Global Debenture or a New Global Debenture, as the case may be,
     must rely on the procedures of the Depository and, if such holder
     is not a Participant or an Indirect Participant, on the
     procedures of the Participant through which such holder owns its
     interest, to exercise any rights of a Holder under the Indenture
     or such Global Debenture or New Global Debenture.  The Company
     understands that under existing industry practice, in the event
     the Company requests any action of Holders that is an owner of a
     beneficial interest in a Global Debenture or a New Global
     Debenture, as the case may be, desires to take any action that
     the Depository, as the Holder of such Global Debenture or New
     Global Debenture, is entitled to take, the Depository would
     authorize the Participants to take such action and the
     Participant would authorize holders owning through such
     Participants to take such action or would otherwise act upon the
     instruction of such holders.  Neither the Company nor the Trustee
     will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the
     records relating to or payments made on account of Debentures by
     the Depository, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any
     records of the Depository relating to such Debentures. 

          Payments with respect to the principal of, premium, if any,
     and interest on any Debentures represented by a Global Debenture
     or a New Global Debenture, as the case may be, registered in the
     name of the Depository or its nominee on the applicable record
     date will be payable by the Trustee to or at the direction of the
     Depository or its nominee in its capacity as the registered
     Holder of the Global Debenture or a New Global Debenture, as the
     case may be, representing such Debentures under the Indenture. 
     Under the terms of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may
     treat the persons in whose names the Debentures, including the
     Global Debentures or the New Global Debentures, as the case may
     be,  are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of
     receiving such payment and for any and all other purposes
     whatsoever.  Consequently, neither the Company nor the Trustee
     has or will have any responsibility or liability for the payment
     of such amounts to beneficial owners of Debentures (including
     principal, premium, if any, and interest), or to immediately
     credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with such
     payment, in amounts proportionate to their respective holdings in
     principal amount of beneficial interest in the Global Debentures
     or the New Global Debentures, as the case may be, as shown on the
     records of the Depository.  Payments by the Participants and the
     Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of Debentures will
     be governed by standing instructions and customary practice and
     will be the responsibility of the Participants or the Indirect
     Participants. 

     CERTIFICATED DEBENTURES  

          If (i) the Company notifies the Trustee in writing that the
     Depository is no longer willing or able to act as a depository
     and the Company is unable to locate a qualified successor within
     90 days or (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee
     in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Debentures in
     definitive form under the Indenture, then, upon surrender by the
     Depository of its Global Debentures or the New Global Debentures,
     as the case may be,  Certificated Debentures will be issued to
     each person that the Depository identifies as the beneficial
     owner of the Debentures represented by the Global Debentures or
     the New Global Debentures, as the case may be.  In addition,
     subject to certain conditions, any person having a beneficial
     interest in a Global Debenture or a New Global Debenture, as the
     case may be, may, upon request to the Trustee, exchange such
     beneficial interest for Certificated Debentures.  Upon any such
     issuance, the Trustee is required to register such Certificated
     Debentures in the name of such person or persons (or the nominee
     of any thereof), and cause the same to be delivered thereto.

          Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be liable for any
     delay by the Depository or any Participant or Indirect
     Participant in identifying the beneficial owners of the related
     Debentures and each such person may conclusively rely on, and
     shall be protected in relying on, instructions from the
     Depository for all purposes (including with respect to the
     registration and delivery, and the respective principal amounts,
     of the Debentures to be issued).  

     REGISTRATION RIGHTS; LIQUIDATED DAMAGES


          The Company and the Initial Purchaser entered into the
     Registration Rights Agreement dated as of September 22, 1995. 
     Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has
     agreed to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
     "Commission") a registration statement under the Securities Act
     (the "Shelf Registration Statement") to cover public resales of
     the Debentures by Holders and of the Class A Common Stock
     issuable upon conversion of the Debentures by holders thereof, in
     each case who satisfy certain conditions relating to the
     providing of information in connection with the Shelf
     Registration Statement.  The Company has agreed to use its
     reasonable best efforts to (a) cause the Shelf Registration
     Statement to be filed with the Commission within 90 days after
     September 29, 1995 (the "Closing Date"); (b) cause the Shelf
     Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission
     within 150 days after the Closing Date; and (c) keep the Shelf
     Registration Statement effective until at least the third
     anniversary of the Closing Date or such shorter period that will
     terminate when all the shares of the Class A Common Stock and the
     Debentures covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been
     sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.  The Company
     has filed a Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a
     part in compliance with its obligation under the Registration
     Rights Agreement to file a Shelf Registration Statement. 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will be permitted to
     suspend the use of the Shelf Registration Statement during
     certain periods under certain conditions.
</R >

         The Registration Rights Agreement provides that, if (i) the
     Shelf Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission or
     is not declared effective by the Commission within the time
     periods set forth above or (ii) at any time during which the
     Shelf Registration Statement is required to kept effective, it
     shall cease to be effective (other than as a result of the
     effectiveness of a successor registration statement) and such
     effectiveness is not restored within 45 days thereafter (each
     such event referred to in clause (i) or (ii), a "Registration
     Default"), the Company will pay liquidated damages (the
     "Liquidated Damages") to each Holder of Debentures or holder of
     Class A Common Stock which are "restricted" securities under the
     Securities Act intended to be eligible for resale under the Shelf
     Registration Statement and who has complied with its obligations
     under the Registration Rights Agreement.  During the first 90-day
     period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration
     Default, such Liquidated Damages shall be in an amount equal to
     $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Debentures and $.01
     per week per share (subject to adjustment in the event of stock
     splits or consolidations, stock dividends and the like) of Class
     A Common Stock constituting restricted securities held by such
     person.  The amount of the Liquidated Damages will increase by an
     additional $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount and $.01 per
     week per share (subject to adjustment as set forth above) of
     Class A Common Stock constituting restricted securities for each
     subsequent 90-day period until the applicable Registration
     Default is cured, up to a maximum amount of liquidated damages of
     $.20 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Debentures and $.04
     per week per share (subject to adjustment as set forth above) of
     Class A Common Stock constituting restricted securities.  All
     accrued Liquidated Damages shall be paid by wire transfer of
     immediately available funds or by federal funds check by the
     Company on each Damages Payment Date (as defined in the
     Registration Rights Agreement).  Following the cure of all
     Registration Defaults, the payment of Liquidated Damages will
     cease.

          In addition, for so long as the Debentures are outstanding
     and during any period in which the Company is not subject to the
     Exchange Act, the Company will provide to holders of Debentures
     and to prospective purchasers of the Debentures the information
     required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.  The
     Company will provide a copy of the Registration Rights Agreement
     to prospective investors upon request.


                       DESCRIPTION OF 1998 DEBENTURES

          The following summary describes certain provisions of the
     indenture governing the 1998 Debentures (the "1998 Indenture")
     and the 1998 Debentures.  The following summary does not purport
     to be complete and is subject to and is qualified in its entirety
     by reference to the 1998 Indenture and the form of the 1998
     Debentures.

          The Company's 1998 Debentures were issued on August 1, 1983
     in an aggregate principal amount of $25,000,000.  The 1998
     Debentures are unsecured obligations of the Company which are
     subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future
     Senior Indebtedness (as defined below) of the Company.  The 1998
     Indenture does not contain any restrictions upon the incurrence
     of Senior Indebtedness or any other indebtedness by the Company
     or by any of its subsidiaries.

          The 1998 Debentures bear interest at a rate of 8-1/2% per
     annum payable semiannually on February 1 and August 1 of each
     year and mature on August 1, 1998.  Mandatory sinking fund
     payments sufficient to retire $2.5 million principal amount of
     the 1998 Debentures annually, which commenced on August 1, 1990,
     are calculated to retire 80% of the issue prior to maturity.  See
     "Capitalization."

          The 1998 Debentures are redeemable on not less than 30 days'
     notice at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at a
     redemption price of 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued
     interest to the date of redemption.  The 1998 Debentures are
     convertible at any time prior to maturity, unless previously
     redeemed, into shares of Class B Common Stock of the Company at a
     conversion price of $15.00 per share, subject to adjustment under
     certain conditions.

          The 1998 Indenture contains certain limitations on the
     Company's right to distribute dividends or purchase, redeem or
     otherwise acquire or retire any of its capital stock and to merge
     or consolidate unless it meets the criteria set forth therein.

          Senior Indebtedness is defined in the 1998 Indenture to
     include the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on
     (a) all indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding on the
     date of the 1998 Indenture or thereafter created, incurred,
     assumed or guaranteed, for borrowed money (other than the 1998
     Debentures), whether short-term or long-term and whether secured
     or unsecured (including all indebtedness evidenced by notes,
     bonds, debentures or other securities sold by the Company for
     money), (b) indebtedness incurred by the Company in the
     acquisition (whether by way of purchase, merger, consolidation or
     otherwise and whether by the Company or another person) of any
     business, real property or other assets (except assets acquired
     in the ordinary course of the conduct of the acquirer's usual
     business), (c) guarantees by the Company of indebtedness for
     borrowed money, whether short-term or long-term and whether
     secured or unsecured, of any corporation in which the Company
     owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the stock having
     general voting power and (d) renewals, extensions, refundings,
     deferrals, restructurings, amendments and modifications of any
     such indebtedness, obligation or guarantee, unless in each case
     by the terms of the instrument creating or evidencing such
     indebtedness, obligation or guarantee or such renewal, extension,
     refunding, deferral, restructuring, amendment or modification it
     is provided that such indebtedness, obligation or guarantee is
     not superior in right of payment of the 1998 Debentures.


                        DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK


          The authorized capital stock of the Company currently
     consists of 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, 10,000,000
     shares of Class A Common Stock and 20,000,000 shares of Class B
     Common Stock.  As of February 20, 1996, there were 3,307,324
     shares of Class A Common Stock and 2,154,808 shares of Class B
     Common Stock issued and outstanding (exclusive of 432,639 shares
     of Class A Common Stock and 65,795 shares of Class B Common Stock
     held in treasury).  No shares of Preferred Stock have been
     issued.  All outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class
     B Common Stock are fully paid and nonassessable.  The Class A
     Common Stock together with the Class B Common Stock is referred
     to herein as the "Common Stock".  The Board of Directors of the
     Company has authorized and is currently soliciting proxies from
     the stockholders of the Company with respect to a proposal to
     amend the Company's Certificate of Incorporation to convert the
     Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock into a single class
     of common stock, as well as to include certain other charter
     amendments.


     PREFERRED STOCK

          The terms of the Preferred Stock have not been determined
     and are not designated in the Restated Certificate of
     Incorporation of the Company, as amended.  Instead, the Board of
     Directors is authorized to issue the Preferred Stock in series,
     each of which may vary as to the designation and number of shares
     in such series, the voting power of the holders thereof, and the
     dividend rate, the redemption terms and prices, the voluntary and
     involuntary liquidation preferences, the conversion rights and
     the sinking fund requirements, if any, of such series.  The Board
     of Directors, however, may not create any series of Preferred
     Stock with more than one vote per share or with voting rights
     which would limit, reduce or otherwise abridge the right of the
     holders of Class B Common Stock to elect a number of Class B
     Directors equal to one-fourth of the number of directors
     constituting the whole Board of Directors.  The foregoing
     restriction may be changed only by the affirmative vote of
     holders of 60% of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock
     and Class B Common Stock, voting as separate classes.

     CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND CLASS B COMMON STOCK

          Voting Rights. The Board of Directors of the Company is
     divided into two classes of directors,  Class A Directors and
     Class B Directors.  So long as the number of shares of Class B
     Common Stock outstanding is not less than 10% of the total number
     of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common
     Stock, the holders of Class B Common Stock, voting as a class,
     will be entitled to one vote for each such share held to elect a
     number of Class B Directors equal to one-fourth of the number of
     directors constituting the whole Board of Directors (rounded up
     to the nearest whole number).  The holders of Class A Common
     Stock, voting as a class, are entitled to one vote for each such
     share held to elect the remaining directors, who will be
     designated Class A Directors.  Neither the Class A Common Stock
     nor the Class B Common Stock has cumulative voting rights, and
     thus holders of 50% or more of the outstanding shares of each
     class are able to elect all of the directors to be elected by
     that class.  On all matters other than the election or removal of
     directors, and matters as to which class voting is required by
     Delaware law, holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one
     vote per share and holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled
     to one-tenth vote per share, voting together as a single class.

          However, if the number of shares of Class B Common Stock
     outstanding should be less than 10% of the total number of shares
     of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock outstanding at
     some future record date for a meeting of stockholders of the
     Company at which directors are to be elected, then the holders of
     Class B Common Stock would not be entitled to elect any Class B
     Directors and the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B
     Common Stock would vote together as a single class on all matters
     coming before such meeting, including the election of the Class A
     Directors to be elected at such meeting, with the holders of
     Class A Common Stock entitled to one vote per share and the
     holders of Class B Common Stock entitled to one-tenth vote per
     share.  Alternatively, if at any record date for such a meeting
     the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock should
     be less than 875,000, then the holders of Class B Common Stock
     would continue to elect a number of Class B Directors equal to
     one-fourth of the total number of directors constituting the
     whole Board and, in addition, would vote together with the
     holders of Class A Common Stock to elect the Class A Directors to
     be elected at such meeting, with the holders of Class A Common
     Stock entitled to cast one vote per share and the holders of
     Class B Common Stock entitled to cast one-tenth vote per share.

          The Class A Directors are divided into three subclasses,
     with each subclass consisting of as nearly an equal number of
     directors as possible.  The members of one such subclass are
     elected each year to hold office for a three-year term and until
     their successors have been elected and qualified.  The term of
     office of each Class B Director is one year.  The classification
     and subclassification of the Board of Directors may be changed
     only by the affirmative vote of holders of 60% of the outstanding
     shares of both the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common
     Stock, voting as separate classes.  Stockholders of a particular
     class may effect the removal of a director of that class during
     his term by a like vote, but only for cause.

          Dividends and Distributions.  Holders of Class A Common
     Stock and Class B Common Stock each are entitled to dividends
     only if, as and when declared payable by the Board of Directors
     out of funds legally available for such payment.  For so long as
     any shares of the Class B Common Stock are outstanding, the Board
     of Directors may not (i) declare any dividends in cash or
     property with respect to the Class A Common Stock unless an equal
     dividend per share, payable in the same consideration, shall have
     been declared with respect to the outstanding Class B Common
     Stock and set aside for payment, or (ii) declare any dividend
     payable in securities of the Company with respect to the Class A
     Common Stock, or distribute any rights or warrants to purchase
     securities of the Company with respect to the Class A Common
     Stock, unless at the same time it declares an equivalent dividend
     or makes an equivalent distribution with respect to the Class B
     Common Stock  so as to maintain, as nearly as may be practicable,
     the relative voting and other rights of the holders of each class
     immediately before such action.  In addition, the Company may not
     combine, subdivide or reclassify the Class A Common Stock or
     Class B Common Stock unless at the same time it takes such action
     as may be necessary with respect to the other class so as to
     maintain, as nearly as may be practicable, the relative voting
     and other rights of the holders of each class immediately before
     such action.  The foregoing provisions may be changed only by the
     affirmative vote of holders of 60% of the outstanding shares of
     both the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, voting as
     separate classes.  The Board of Directors is permitted to declare
     a dividend in cash, property or securities with respect to the
     Class B Common Stock without declaring a dividend with respect to
     the Class A Common Stock, although at this time it does not
     foresee any circumstances under which it would consider taking
     such action.

          Conversion Rights.  Holders of Class A Common Stock have the
     right at any time, and from time to time, to convert each share
     of Class A Common Stock into one share of Class B Common Stock. 
     Holders of Class B Common Stock do not have the right to convert
     their shares into Class A Common Stock nor do they have any other
     conversion rights.

          In General.  Holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B
     Common Stock have no redemption or preemptive rights and are not
     liable for further calls or assessments.  Upon liquidation of the
     Company, neither the holders of Class A Common Stock nor the
     holders of Class B Common Stock will have any preferences over
     each other.  Holders of both classes of stock will be entitled,
     after satisfaction of the Company's liabilities and payment of
     the liquidation preferences, if any, of any outstanding shares of
     Preferred Stock, to share the remaining assets of the Company, if
     any, equally in proportion to the number of shares of each class
     held.

          Transfer Agent and Registrar.  The Trust Company of New
     Jersey, 35 Journal Square, Jersey City, New Jersey, 07306, is the
     transfer agent and the registrar of both the Class A Common Stock
     and the Class B Common Stock.


                            PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

          The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from this
     offering.  The Selling Security Holders may sell all or a portion
     of the Debentures and shares of Class A Common Stock offered
     hereby from time to time on terms to be determined at the times
     of such sales.  The Debentures and shares of Class A Common Stock
     may be sold from time to time to purchasers directly by any of
     the Selling Security Holders.  Alternatively, any of the Selling
     Security Holders may from time to time offer the Debentures or
     shares of Class A Common Stock through underwriters, including
     the Initial Purchaser, dealers or agents, who may receive
     compensation in the form of underwriting discounts, commissions
     or concessions from the Selling Security Holders and the
     purchasers of the Debentures or shares of Class A Common Stock
     for whom they may act as agent.  To the extent required, the
     aggregate principal amount of Debentures and number of shares of
     Class A Common Stock to be sold, the names of the Selling
     Security Holders, the purchase price, the name of any such agent,
     dealer or underwriter and any applicable commissions with respect
     to a particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying
     Prospectus Supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective
     amendment to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus
     is a part.  There is no assurance that the Selling Security
     Holders will sell any or all of the Debentures or shares of Class
     A Common Stock offered hereby.  The Selling Security Holders and
     any broker-dealers, agents or underwriters that participate with
     the Selling Security Holders in the distribution of the
     Debentures or shares of Class A Common Stock may be deemed to be
     "underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities Act, in which
     event any discounts, commissions or concessions received by such
     broker-dealers, agents or underwriter and any profit on the
     resale of the Debentures or shares of Class A Common Stock
     purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or
     discounts under the Securities Act.

          The Debentures and the shares of Class A Common Stock issued
     upon conversion of the Debentures may be sold from time to time
     in one or more transactions at fixed offering prices, which may
     be changed, or at varying prices determined at the time of sale
     or at negotiated prices.  Such prices will be determined by the
     holders of such securities or by agreement between such holders
     and underwriters or dealers who may receive fees or commissions
     in connection therewith.

          To comply with the securities laws of certain states, if
     applicable , the Debentures and shares of Class A Common Stock
     will be sold in such jurisdictions only through registered or
     licensed brokers or dealers.  In addition in certain states the
     Debentures and shares of Class A Common Stock may not be offered
     or sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in
     the applicable state or an exemption from the registration or
     qualification requirement is available and is complied with.

          The Debentures were originally sold to the Initial Purchaser
     on September 29, 1995 in a private placement (including the over-
     allotment option for $5,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the
     Debentures which was exercised on November 3, 1995) at a purchase
     price of  95% of their principal amount.  The Company agreed to
     indemnify the Initial Purchaser against certain liabilities in
     connection with the offer and sale of the Debentures, including
     liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to
     payments that the Initial Purchaser may be required to make in
     respect thereof.

          The Company will pay substantially all expenses incident to
     the offering and sale of the Debentures and Class A Common Stock
     to the public other than underwriting discounts and selling
     commissions and fees.  The Company and the Selling Security
     Holders have agreed to indemnify each other against certain
     liabilities arising under the Securities Act.  In addition, any
     underwriter utilized by the Selling Security Holders may be
     indemnified against certain liabilities, including liabilities
     under the Securities Act.  See "Selling Security Holders."


          Prior to this offering there has not been any public market
     for the Debentures and there can be no assurance regarding the
     future development of a market for the Debentures.  The Company
     has applied for listing of the Debentures and the shares of Class
     A Common Stock which are issuable upon conversion of the
     Debentures on the AMEX.  The Debentures are eligible for trading
     in the PORTAL Market; however, no assurance can be given as to
     the liquidity of, or trading market for, the Debentures.  The
     Company has been advised by the Initial Purchaser that it intends
     to make a market in the Debentures.  However, it is not obligated
     to do so and any market-making activities with respect to the
     Debentures may be discontinued at any time without notice.  See
     "Description of the Debentures -- Registration Rights; Liquidated
     Damages."  Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the
     liquidity of or the trading market for the Debentures.  See "Risk
     Factors -- Lack of Public Market for the Debentures; Restrictions
     on Resale."



                          SELLING SECURITY HOLDERS

          The following table sets forth information concerning the
     principal amount of Debentures beneficially owned by each Selling
     Security Holder which may be offered from time to time pursuant
     to this Prospectus.  Other than as a result of the ownership or
     placement of Debentures or Class A Common Stock, none of the
     Selling Security Holders has had any material relationship with
     the Company within the past three years, except as noted herein. 
     The table has been prepared based upon information furnished to
     the Company by or on behalf of the Selling Security Holders.

                                          Principal
                                           Amount     Principal
                                             of       Amount of    Percent
                                         Debentures  Debentures       of
                                        Beneficially    Being    Outstanding
                 Name                       Owned    Registered   Debentures
                                        ___________  ____________  ___________

      BT Holdings . . . . . . . . . . . $1,650,000   $1,650,000        6.6%
      Castle Convertible Fund Inc.  . .    500,000      500,000        2.0  
      Catholic Mutual Relief Society of
      America . . . . . . . . . . . . .    250,000      250,000        1.0  
      Cincinnati Financial Corp.  . . .  2,000,000    2,000,000        8.0  
      CNA Income Shares, Inc. . . . . .  1,000,000    1,000,000        4.0  
      Convertible Holdings, Inc . . . .  1,000,000    1,000,000        4.0  
      First Pacific Advisers, Inc.1 . .  4,500,000    4,500,000       18.0  
      Forest Fulcrum Ltd. . . . . . . .    570,000      570,000        2.3  
      Forest Fulcrum Fund . . . . . . .    980,000      980,000        3.9  
      Franklin Investors Securities              
          Trust Convertible Securities 
           Fund  . . . . . . . . . . .     750,000      750,000        3.0  
      ICI American Holdings . . . . . .    250,000      250,000        1.0  
      IDS Bond Fund, Inc.2  . . . . . .  3,000,000    3,000,000       12.0  
      Laterman Strategies 90's L.P. . .    300,000      300,000        1.2  
      Laterman & Co.  . . . . . . . . .    200,000      200,000         *   
      Nalco Chemical Retirement . . . .    100,000      100,000         *   
      Nesbitt Burns . . . . . . . . . .    400,000      400,000        1.6  
      Offshore Strategies Ltd.  . . . .    500,000      500,000        2.0  
      Oregon Equity Fund  . . . . . . .  1,000,000    1,000,000        4.0  
      The Putnam Advisory Company, Inc.
        on behalf of Boston College 
        Endowment . . . . . . . . . . .    200,000      200,000         *
      The Putnam Advisory Company, Inc. 
             on behalf of New Hampshire
        Retirement System . . . . . . .    525,000      525,000        2.1
      The Putnam Advisory Company, Inc.
        on behalf of The Museum of
        Fine Art, Boston  . . . . . . .     90,000       90,000        *
      Putnam Convertible Income-Growth
        Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1,850,000    1,850,000        7.4
      Putnam Convertible Opportunities
      and Income Trust  . . . . . . . .    485,000      485,000        1.9
           Putnam High Income Convertible
        and Bond Fund . . . . . . . . .    600,000      600,000        2.4
      State of Delaware . . . . . . . .    400,000      400,000        1.6
      United National Insurance Company    150,000      150,000        *
      Winchester Convertible Plus      
      Limited . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1,000,000    1,000,000        4.0
      Zazove Convertible Fund, L.P. . .    500,000      500,000        2.0
      Zeneca Holdings . . . . . . . . .    250,000      250,000        1.0
                                                                
         Total  . . . . . . . . . . .  $25,000,000  $25,000,000      100%

_____________________________
*    Less than 1%.

1    First Pacific Advisers, Inc. may be deemed to be the beneficial owner
     (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of more than
     ten percent of each of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common
     Stock of the Company.  Such information has been derived from
     statements on Schedule 13D and 13G filed with the SEC by First Pacific
     Advisers, Inc. 

2    IDS Bond Fund, Inc. is an investment company registered under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and is a fund in the IDS
     Mutual Fund Group ("IDS Funds").  American Express Financial
     Corporation (formerly known as IDS Financial Corporation) ("AEFC"), an
     investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of
     1940, as amended, provides investment advisory services to each of the
     IDS Funds and to certain other registered investment companies.  AEFC
     is a wholly owned subsidiary of American Express Company.  The
     information set forth in the table with respect to IDS Bond Fund, Inc.
     and the information set forth in this footnote was provided by AEFC.



          Because the Selling Security Holders may sell all or some of
     the Debentures which they hold and shares of Class A Common Stock
     issued upon conversion thereof pursuant to the offering
     contemplated by this Prospectus, no estimate can be given as to
     the aggregate amount of Debentures or shares of Class A Common
     Stock that are to be offered hereby or that will be owned by the
     Selling Security Holders upon completion of this offering to
     which this Prospectus relates.  Accordingly, the aggregate
     principal amount of Debentures offered hereby may increase or
     decrease.  As of the date of this Prospectus, the aggregate
     principal amount of Debentures outstanding is $25,000,000.  See
     "Plan of Distribution."


                               LEGAL MATTERS

          Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will
     be passed upon for the Company by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher &
     Flom, 919 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022.  Mark N.
     Kaplan, a director and owner of 1,000 shares of the Class A
     Common Stock of the Company, is a partner in the firm of Skadden,
     Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom.  

                                  EXPERTS


          The consolidated financial statements and consolidated
     financial statement schedule of the Company as of March 31, 1995
     and 1994, and for each of the years in the three-year period
     ended March 31, 1995, included herein and in the Registration
     Statement, have been included herein and in the Registration
     Statement, in reliance upon the reports of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP,
     independent certified public accountants, appearing elsewhere
     herein and in the Registration Statement, and upon the authority
     of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.



             DIAGNOSTIC/RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                        INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

          Consolidated Financial Statements of Diagnostic/Retrieval
          Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                                                    Page

          Independent Auditors' Report  . . . . . . . .              F-2

          Consolidated Financial Statements:


          Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1995 and 1994
           and December 31, 1995 (unaudited)  . . . . . . .           F-3



          Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the fiscal years
           ended March 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 and for the nine months
           ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 (unaudited)   . .         F-4



          Consolidated Statements of Stockholders'
           Equity for the fiscal years ended March 31, 1995, 1994
           and 1993 and for the nine months ended December 31,
           1995 (unaudited)    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      F-5



          Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal
           years ended March 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 and for the
           nine months ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 (unaudited)   F-6


          Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  .               F-7


                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

          To the Board of Directors and Stockholders,
          Diagnostic/Retrieval Systems, Inc.:

                    We have audited the accompanying consolidated
          balance sheets of Diagnostic/Retrieval Systems, Inc. and
          subsidiaries as of March 31, 1995 and 1994, and the
          related consolidated statements of earnings,
          stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the
          years in the three-year period ended March 31, 1995.
          These consolidated financial statements are the responsi-
          bility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility
          is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial
          statements based on our audits.

                    We conducted our audits in accordance with
          generally accepted auditing standards.  Those standards
          require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
          reasonable assurance about whether the financial state-
          ments are free of material misstatement.  An audit in-
          cludes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
          the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
          An audit also includes assessing the accounting princi-
          ples used and significant estimates made by management,
          as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
          presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a
          reasonable basis for our opinion.

                    In our opinion, the consolidated financial
          statements referred to above present fairly, in all
          material respects, the financial position of Diagnos-
          tic/Retrieval Systems, Inc. and subsidiaries as of March
          31, 1995 and 1994, and the results of their operations
          and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-
          year period ended March 31, 1995 in conformity with
          generally accepted accounting principles.

                                        KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

          Short Hills, New Jersey
          May 18, 1995


                        CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
            DIAGNOSTIC/RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                                                 December 31,
                                                 March 31,           1995
                                              1995       1994     (unaudited)
                                           ___________  __________  __________

 Assets
 Current Assets:
 Cash and Cash Equivalents . . . . . . . . $11,197,000 $15,465,000 $23,069,000
 Accounts Receivable (Notes 2 and 6) . . .  17,432,000  15,538,000  20,594,000
 Inventories, Net of Progress Payments
 (Note 3)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11,724,000   5,042,000  16,558,000
 Other Current Assets  . . . . . . . . . .   2,445,000   2,563,000   2,477,000
                                           ___________  __________  __________
 Total Current Assets  . . . . . . . . . .  42,798,000  38,608,000  62,698,000
                                           ___________  __________  __________

 Property, Plant and Equipment, at Cost
 (Notes 4 and 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33,661,000  32,182,000  39,958,000
 Less Accumulated Depreciation and Amorti-
 zation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23,812,000  23,289,000  25,230,000
                                           ___________  __________  __________
 Net Property, Plant and Equipment . . . .   9,849,000   8,893,000  14,728,000
                                           ___________  __________  __________

 Intangible Assets, Less Accumulated Amor-
 tization of $3,457,000, $3,008,000 and
 $3,883,000 at March 31, 1995 and 1994 and
 December 31, 1995, respectively . . . . .   8,920,000   8,414,000   8,494,000
 Other Assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3,023,000   2,921,000   4,850,000
                                           ___________  __________  __________
 Total Assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $64,590,000 $58,836,000 $90,770,000
                                           ___________  __________  __________
                                           ___________  __________  __________


 Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
 Current Liabilities:

 Current Installments of Long-Term Debt
 (Note 6)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 2,492,000 $ 2,664,000 $ 3,436,000
 Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses    
 (Note 5)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19,989,000  16,141,000  18,677,000
                                           ___________  __________  __________
 Total Current Liabilities . . . . . . . .  22,481,000  18,805,000  22,113,000
 Long-Term Debt, Excluding Current In-
 stallments (Note 6) . . . . . . . . . . .  11,732,000  14,515,000  35,319,000
 Deferred Income Taxes (Note 8)  . . . . .   4,605,000   4,624,000   4,605,000
 Other Liabilities (Notes 10 and 11) . . .   3,263,000   1,133,000   3,826,000
                                           ___________  __________  __________

 Total Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . .  42,081,000  39,077,000  65,863,000
                                           ___________  __________  __________

 Stockholders' Equity (Notes 6 and 9):
 Class A Common Stock, $.01 par Value per
 Share.  Authorized 10,000,000 Shares;
 Issued 3,699,963 Shares, 3,674,963 Shares
 and 3,739,963 Shares at March 31, 1995
 and 1994 and December 31, 1995, respec-
 tively  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      37,000      37,000      37,000
 Class B Common Stock, $.01 par Value per
 Share.  Authorized 20,000,000 Shares;
 Issued 2,163,253, 2,105,528 and 2,216,353
 Shares at March 31, 1995 and 1994, and
 December 31, 1995,  respectively  . . . .      22,000      21,000      22,000
 Additional Paid-in Capital  . . . . . . .  13,435,000  12,970,000  13,579,000
 Retained Earnings . . . . . . . . . . . .  10,919,000   8,315,000  13,414,000
                                            24,413,000  21,343,000  27,052,000


 Treasury Stock, at Cost:  432,639 Shares
 of Class A Common Stock and 21,619 Shares
 of Class B Common Stock at March 31,
 1995, 423,419 Shares of Class A Common
 Stock and 21,440 Shares of Class B Common
 Stock at March 31, 1994, and 432,639
 Shares of Class A Common Stock and 65,795
 Shares of Class B Common Stock at
 December 31, 1995 (Note 10)   . . . . . .  (1,617,000) (1,579,000) (1,918,000)
 Unamortized Restricted Stock Compensation    (287,000)     (5,000)   (227,000)
                                           ___________  __________  __________
 Net Stockholders' Equity  . . . . . . . .  22,509,000  19,759,000  24,907,000
                                           ___________  __________  __________
 Commitments and Contingencies (Note 10)
 Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equi-
 ty  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $64,590,000 $58,836,000 $90,770,000


__________________
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.





                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

               DIAGNOSTIC/RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      Nine Months Ended
                                              Years Ended March 31,                     December 31
                                 -------------------------------------------    --------------------------
                                     1995            1994           1993           1995            1994
                                 -----------     -----------     -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                                         (unaudited)
<S>                             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Revenues ...................... $ 69,930,000    $ 57,820,000    $ 47,772,000    $ 65,628,000    $ 47,404,000

Costs and Expenses (Note 3) ...   64,836,000      54,372,000      45,461,000      60,289,000      44,143,000
                                  
Operating Income ..............    5,094,000       3,448,000       2,311,000       5,339,000       3,261,000

Interest and Related Expenses .   (1,372,000)     (1,574,000)     (1,735,000)     (1,675,000)     (1,020,000)

Other Income, Net (Notes 7
and 11) .......................      534,000         834,000       1,224,000         425,000         613,000

Earnings before Income Taxes ..    4,256,000       2,708,000       1,800,000       4,089,000       2,854,000

Income Taxes (Note 8) .........    1,652,000       1,093,000         715,000       1,594,000       1,142,000
                                ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
Net Earnings .................. $  2,604,000    $  1,615,000    $  1,085,000    $  2,495,000    $  1,712,000
                                ============    ============    ============    ============    ============

Earnings per Share of Class A and Class B Common Stock:

         Primary .............. $        .50    $        .30    $        .20    $        .44    $        .34

         Fully diluted ........ $        .50    $        .30    $        .20    $        .44    $        .34

Weighted Average Number of
Shares of Class A and Class
B Common Stock Outstanding:

         Primary ...............   5,231,000       5,334,000       5,324,000       5,647,000       5,026,000

         Fully diluted .........   5,231,000       5,334,000       5,324,000       6,552,000       5,026,000
<FN>

- -----------------
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>





                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               DIAGNOSTIC/RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Years Ended March
31, 1995, 1994 and
1993, and Nine
Months Ended
December 31, 1995
(unaudited)
                                      Common Stock
                       ---------------------------------------
                                                                   Additional                            Unamortized
                            Class A                   Class B        Paid                                 Restricted       Net
                       ------------------    ------------------       In        Retained     Treasury        Stock     Stockholders'
                        Shares     Amount    Shares      Amount     Capital     Earnings       Stock     Compensation    Equity
- -----------------      ---------   -------  ---------   -------  ------------  -----------  ------------   ----------  ------------
<S>                    <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>         <C>
Balances at March
31, 1992 ........      3,674,963  $ 37,000  2,089,528  $ 21,000  $ 12,984,000  $ 5,615,000  $ (1,579,000)  $ (31,000)  $ 17,047,000

Net Earnings ....             --        --         --        --            --    1,085,000            --          --      1,085,000

Stock Options
Exercised .......             --        --      5,000        --            --           --            --          --             --

Compensation
Relating to Stock             --        --         --        --       (39,000)          --            --      22,000        (17,000)
Options, Net ....      _________   _______  _________  ________   ___________  ___________   ___________   _________    ___________

Balances at March
31, 1993 ........      3,674,963    37,000  2,094,528    21,000    12,945,000    6,700,000    (1,579,000)     (9,000)    18,115,000

Net Earnings ....             --        --         --        --            --    1,615,000            --          --      1,615,000

Stock Options
Exercised .......             --        --     11,000        --         2,000           --            --          --          2,000

Compensation
Relating to Stock
Options, Net ....             --        --         --        --        23,000           --            --       4,000         27,000
                       _________   _______  _________   _______   ___________  ___________   ___________   _________    ___________
Balances at March
31, 1994 ........      3,674,963    37,000  2,105,528    21,000    12,970,000    8,315,000    (1,579,000)     (5,000)    19,759,000

Net Earnings ....             --        --         --        --           ...    2,604,000           ...         ...      2,604,000

Stock Options
Exercised .......         25,000        --     57,725     1,000       188,000           --            --          --        189,000

Compensation
Relating to Stock
Options, Net ....             --        --         --        --       388,000           --            --    (282,000)       106,000

Purchase of
Treasury Stock ..             --        --         --        --            --           --    (2,900,000)         --     (2,900,000)

Sale of Treasury
Stock ...........             --        --         --        --      (111,000)           --    2,862,000          --      2,751,000
                       _________   _______  _________   _______   ___________  ___________   ___________   _________    ___________
Balances at March
31, 1995 ........      3,699,963    37,000  2,163,253    22,000    13,435,000   10,919,000    (1,617,000)   (287,000)    22,509,000

Net Earnings
(unaudited) .....             --        --         --        --            --    2,495,000            --          --      2,495,000

Stock Options
Exercised
(unaudited) .....         40,000        --     53,100        --       220,000           --            --          --        220,000

Expenses relating
to the Sale of
Treasury Stock
(unaudited) .....             --        --        --         --      (76,000)           --            --          --        (76,000)

Receipt of Stock
Into Treasury
(unaudited)   ...             --        --         --        --            --           --      (301,000)         --       (301,000)

Compensation
Relating to Stock
Options Net .....             --        --        --         --           --            --            --      60,000         60,000
(unaudited) .....      _________   _______  _________   _______   ___________  ___________   ___________   _________    ___________

Balances at
December 31, 1995
(unaudited) .....      3,739,963  $ 37,000  2,216,353  $ 22,000  $ 13,579,000 $ 13,414,000   $(1,918,000)  $(227,000)  $ 24,907,000
                       _________   _______  _________   _______   ___________  ___________   ___________   _________    ___________

<FN>
- --------------------
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>


                         CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                DIAGNOSTIC/RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                   Nine Months Ended
                                                 Years Ended March 31,               December 31,
                                     ---------------------------------------   ------------------------
                                          1995          1994        1993           1995        1994
                                     -------------  -----------  -----------   ------------ -----------
                                                                                       (unaudited)
<S>                                  <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

Net Earnings.....................     $2,604,000    $1,615,000   $1,085,000    $2,495,000   $1,712,000
Adjustments to Reconcile Net
Earnings to Cash Flows from
Operating Activities:
   Depreciation and Amortization.      2,480,000     2,558,000    3,202,000     2,226,000    1,967,000
   Deferred Income Taxes.........         26,000       (15,000)     (31,000)           --           --
   Other, Net....................        (77,000)     (233,000)    (446,000)      305,000     (235,000)
Changes in Assets and
Liabilities, Net of Effects
from Business Combinations:

   (Increase) Decrease in Accounts
    Receivable..................      (1,415,000)    1,443,000     (880,000)   (2,859,000)   2,265,000
   (Increase) Decrease in         
Inventories.......................    (6,408,000)    2,069,000    2,186,000    (4,141,000)  (5,543,000)

   (Increase) Decrease in Other   
Current Assets....................        (7,000)     (133,000)   1,400,000       667,000     (130,000)
   Increase (Decrease) in Accounts
    Payable and Accrued Expenses .     3,640,000     2,928,000     (400,000)   (2,381,000)    (182,000)
   Other, Net.....................     1,643,000       (62,000)    (357,000)      194,000      160,000
                                      ----------     ---------    ---------    ----------     --------

Net Cash Provided by (Used in)
Operating                              2,486,000    10,170,000    5,759,000    (3,494,000)      14,000
Activities:......................     ----------     ---------    ---------    ----------     --------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Capital Expenditures.............     (2,543,000)     (988,000)    (922,000)   (3,712,000)  (1,014,000)
Sales of Fixed Assets............             --            --           --     2,380,000           --
Payments Pursuant to Business
Combinations, Net of Cash
Acquired.........................     (1,514,000)     (696,000)          --    (4,140,000)  (1,514,000)
Cash Advanced to Company
Acquired for Repayment of Debt
Prior to Acquisition.............             --    (1,800,000)          --            --           --
Other, Net.......................        263,000        11,000        2,000            --      236,000
                                      ----------     ---------    ---------    ----------     --------

Net Cash Used in Investing           (3,794,000)    (3,473,000)    (920,000)   (5,472,000)  (2,292,000)
Activities.......................    ----------     ---------    ---------    ----------     --------


CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

Payments on Long-Term Debt.......      (275,000)      (168,000)    (262,000)     (374,000)     (56,000)
Repurchases of Convertible
Subordinated
Debentures.......................    (2,667,000)    (2,354,000)   (1,880,000)  (2,242,000)  (2,639,000)
Net Proceeds From Issuance of
Senior Subordinated                          --             --            --   23,360,000           --
Convertible Debentures...........

Other Borrowings.................        20,000        325,000            --       55,000       75,000
Purchase of Treasury Stock.......    (2,900,000)            --            --           --   (2,900,000)
Sale of Treasury Stock...........     2,862,000             --            --           --    2,625,000
Other, Net.......................            --             --            --       39,000           --
                                      ----------     ---------    ---------    ----------     --------

Net Cash Used in Financing           (2,960,000)    (2,197,000)  (2,142,000)   20,838,000   (2,895,000)
Activities.......................    ----------     ---------    ---------    ----------     --------

Net Increase (Decrease) in
Cash and
Cash Equivalents.................    (4,268,000)     4,500,000    2,697,000    11,872,000   (5,173,000)
Cash and Cash Equivalents,
Beginning of Period..............    15,465,000     10,965,000    8,268,000    11,197,000   15,465,000
                                      ----------     ---------    ---------    ----------     --------
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End
of Period........................   $11,197,000    $15,465,000  $10,965,000   $23,069,000  $10,292,000
                                      ----------     ---------    ---------    ----------     --------

<FN>
- --------------------
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>



                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              DIAGNOSTIC/RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE 1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         A.       BASIS OF PRESENTATION

                  The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of
Diagnostic/Retrieval Systems, Inc., its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly
owned, and a joint venture consisting of an 80% controlling partnership interest
(the "Company"). All significant intercompany transactions and balances have
been eliminated in consolidation.


                  The Consolidated Financial Statements include information as
of December 31, 1995 and for the nine months ended December 31, 1995 and 1994,
which is unaudited. In the opinion of Management, the accompanying unaudited
consolidated financial statements of the Company contain all adjustments
(consisting of only normal and recurring adjustments) necessary for the fair
presentation of the Company's consolidated financial position as of December 31,
1995, the statements of earnings for the nine months ended December 31, 1995 and
1994, cash flows for the nine months ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 and the
statement of stockholders' equity for nine months ended December 31, 1995. The
results of operations for the nine months ended December 31, 1995 are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.


         B.       CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

                  The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased
with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

         C.       REVENUE RECOGNITION

                  Revenues related to long-term, firm fixed-price contracts,
which principally provide for the manufacture and delivery of finished units,
are recognized as shipments are made. The estimated profits applicable to such
shipments are recorded pro rata based upon estimated total profit at completion
of the contracts.

                  Revenues on contracts with significant engineering as well as
production requirements are recorded using the percentage-of-completion method
measured by the costs incurred on each contract to estimated total contract
costs at completion (cost-to-cost) with consideration given for risk of
performance and estimated profit.

                  Revenues related to incentive-type contracts also are
determined on a percentage-of- completion basis measured by the cost-to-cost
method. Revenues from cost-reimbursement contracts are recorded, together with
the fees earned, as costs are incurred.

                  Revenues recognized under the cost-to-cost
percentage-of-completion basis during fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993 approximated
16%, 26% and 37% of total revenues, respectively, with remaining revenues
recognized as delivery of finished units is made, or as costs are incurred under
cost-reimbursement contracts. Included in revenues for fiscal 1995, 1994 and
1993 are $18,771,000, $27,496,000 and $19,155,000 respectively, of
customer-sponsored research and development.

                  Revisions in profit estimates are reflected in the year in
which the facts, which require the revisions, become known, and any estimated
losses and other future costs are accrued in full.

                  Approximately 84%, 94% and 83% of the Company's revenues in
fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively, were derived directly or indirectly
from defense-industry contracts with the United States Government (principally
the U.S. Navy). In addition, approximately 7%, 3% and 17% of the Company's
revenues in fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively, were derived directly or
indirectly from sales to foreign governments. Sales to commercial customers
comprised 9% and 3% of revenues in fiscal 1995 and 1994, respectively.

         D.       INVENTORIES

                  Costs accumulated under contracts are stated at actual cost,
not in excess of estimated net realizable value, including, for long-term
government contracts, applicable amounts of general and administrative expenses,
which include research and development costs, where such costs are recoverable
under customer contracts.

                  In accordance with industry practice, inventories include
amounts relating to contracts having production cycles longer than one year, and
a portion thereof will not be realized within one year.

         E.       DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION OF PROPERTY,
                  PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

                  Depreciation and amortization have been provided on the
straight-line method. The ranges of estimated useful lives are: office
furnishings, motor vehicles and equipment, 3-10 years; building and building
improvements, 15-40 years; and leasehold improvements, over the shorter of the
estimated useful lives or the life of the lease.

                  Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred;
renewals and betterments are capitalized. The cost of assets retired, sold or
otherwise disposed of are removed from the accounts, and any gains or losses
thereon are reflected in operations.

         F.       EXCESS OF COST OVER NET ASSETS OF BUSINESSES ACQUIRED

                  Intangibles resulting from acquisitions represent the excess
of cost of the investments over the fair-market values of the underlying net
assets at the dates of investment. All intangibles are being amortized on the
straight-line method, over five to thirty years. The carrying value of
intangible assets periodically is reviewed by the Company, and impairments are
recognized when the expected undiscounted future operating cash flows derived
from such intangible assets are less than their carrying value.

         G.       INCOME TAXES

                  In February 1992, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes" ("SFAS 109"). Under the asset and liability method of SFAS 109,
deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that
some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Deferred tax
assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to
taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to
be recovered or settled. Under SFAS 109, the effect on deferred tax assets and
liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that
includes the enactment date. SFAS 109 supersedes Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 96, "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("SFAS 96").

                  Effective April 1, 1993, the Company adopted SFAS 109. The
cumulative effect of adopting SFAS 109 was not material to the Company's
consolidated results of operations or financial position.

                  Prior-year financial statements have not been restated to
apply the provisions of SFAS 109. Until March 31, 1993, the Company used the
asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes, as set forth in SFAS
96. Under SFAS 96, deferred income taxes are recognized by applying statutory
tax rates to the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and
tax bases of assets and liabilities. The statutory tax rates applied are those
applicable to the years in which the differences are expected to reverse.
Deferred tax expense represents the change in the liability for deferred taxes
from year to year.

         H.       POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS

                  In December 1990, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, "Employers'
Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions" ("SFAS 106"). The
Company adopted SFAS 106 during the first quarter of fiscal 1994, and its
adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated results of
operations or financial position.

         I.       POSTEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

                  In November 1992, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 112, "Employers'
Accounting for Postemployment Benefits" ("SFAS 112"). The Company adopted SFAS
112 during the first quarter of fiscal 1995, and its adoption did not have a
material impact on the Company's consolidated results of operations or financial
position.

         J.       EARNINGS PER SHARE (UNAUDITED WITH RESPECT TO THE NINE
                  MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995)


          Earnings per share of common stock is computed by dividing net
earnings by the weighted average number of shares of Class A and Class B
Common Stock outstanding during each period.  In fiscal 1995, the
computation of earnings per share included approximately 123,000 shares
from the assumed exercise of dilutive stock options computed using the
treasury stock method.  Options outstanding to purchase shares of common
stock are not included in the computation of earnings per share for fiscal
1994 and 1993, because their effect was not material.  Furthermore,
additional shares assumed to be outstanding applicable to the Company's 8
1/2% Convertible Subordinated Debentures also are not included for any of
the periods presented, because their effet on earnings per share was
antidilutive.

          For the nine month period ended December 31, 1995, the computation
of primary earnings per share included approximately 174,000 shares from the
assumed exercise of dilutive stock options computed using the treasury stock
method. Options outstanding to purchase shares of common stock were excluded
from the computation of earnings per share for the nine month period ended
December 31, 1994, because their effect was not material. The computation
of fully diluted earnings per share for the nine month period ended
December 31, 1995 included approximately 185,000 shares, also from the assumed
exercise of dilutive stock options and, in addition, included approximately
894,000 shares from the assumed conversion of the Company's 9% Senior
Subordinated Convertible Debentures (the "Debentures"). Additional shares
assumed to be outstanding applicable to the Company's 8 1/2% Convertible
Subordinated Debentures were excluded from the computations for the interim
periods presented, as their effect on earnings per share was antidilutive.



NOTE 2.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

          The component elements of accounts receivable are as follows:

==============================================================================
                                                March 31,
                                 ----------------------------------
                                           1995                 1994
                                        --------            -------
U.S. Government:

Amounts Billed.................     $  5,885,000       $  5,746,000

Recoverable Costs and
Accrued Profit
on Progress Completed, Not             7,264,000          5,374,000
Billed.........................  ---------------     --------------

                                      13,149,000         11,120,000
                                 ---------------     --------------
Other U.S. Defense Contracts:
Amounts Billed.................        1,418,000          2,981,000

Recoverable Costs and
Accrued Profit
on Progress Completed, Not               639,000            537,000
Billed.........................  ---------------     --------------
                                       2,057,000          3,518,000
                                ----------------     --------------

Other Amounts Billed...........        2,226,000            900,000
                                 ---------------     --------------

Total..........................     $ 17,432,000       $  15,538,000
                                 ---------------     ---------------

=============================================================================


                  Generally, no accounts receivable arise from retainage
provisions in contracts. The Company receives progress payments on certain
contracts from the U.S. Government of between 80- 100% of allowable costs
incurred; the remainder, including profits and incentive fees, if any, is billed
upon delivery and final acceptance of the product. In addition, the Company may
bill based upon units delivered.



NOTE 3.  INVENTORIES

                  Inventories are summarized as follows:

==============================================================================

                                     March 31,                December 31,
                         ------------------------------     ----------------
                           1995                    1994           1995
                         -------------     -------------    ----------------
                                                               (unaudited)

Work-in-Process.......      23,017,000        14,639,000       $38,356,000

Raw Material..........       2,573,000         2,917,000           836,000
                         -------------     -------------     -------------


                            25,590,000        17,556,000         39,192,000

Less Progress Payments      13,866,000        12,514,000         22,634,000
                         -------------     -------------      -------------


Total.................   $  11,724,000      $  5,042,000      $  16,558,000
                         -------------     -------------      -------------


==============================================================================



     General and administrative costs included in work-in-process
were $6,584,000 and $3,753,000 at March 31, 1995 and 1994 and $9,111,000 at
December 31, 1995 (unaudited), respectively. General and administrative costs
included in costs and expenses amounted to $17,681,000, $16,896,000, $14,028,000
and $14,622,000 in fiscal 1995, 1994, 1993, and for the nine months ended
December 31, 1995 (unaudited), respectively. Included in those amounts are
expenditures for Company-sponsored independent research and development,
amounting to approximately $795,000, $537,000, $470,000 and $218,000 in
fiscal 1995, 1994, 1993, and for the nine months ended December 31, 1995
(unaudited), respectively.



NOTE 4.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

    Property, plant and equipment at March 31, 1995 and 1994 are
summarized as follows:

===============================================================================

                                             March 31,

                               ---------------------------------


                                     1995                 1994
                               ---------------     ---------------

Land.........................  $    1,350,000      $    1,350,000

Building and Building               2,384,000           2,289,000
Improvements.................

Office Furnishings and              3,621,000           3,754,000
Equipment....................

Laboratory and Production          15,639,000          14,457,000
Equipment....................

Motor Vehicles...............         235,000             389,000

Computer Equipment...........       7,246,000           7,323,000

Leasehold Improvements.......       3,186,000           2,620,000
                               ---------------     ---------------


TOTAL........................  $   33,661,000      $   32,182,000
                               ---------------     ---------------

===============================================================================


     Depreciation and amortization of plant and equipment amounted
to $1,833,000, $2,061,000 and $2,748,000 in fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively.


NOTE 5.  ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

The component elements of accounts payable and accrued expenses are as follows:
==============================================================================

                                            March 31,

                              ---------------------------------


                                    1995                 1994
                              ---------------     ---------------

Payrolls, Including           $      648,000      $    1,753,000
Payroll Taxes..............

Holiday and Vacation Pay...        1,102,000             849,000

Income Taxes Payable.......        1,821,000           1,917,000

Losses and Future Costs

Accrued on                         4,555,000           3,214,000
Uncompleted Contracts......

Other......................        3,897,000           4,101,000
                               ---------------     ---------------


                                  12,023,000          11,834,000

Accounts Payable...........        7,966,000           4,307,000
                              ---------------     ---------------


TOTAL......................   $   19,989,000      $   16,141,000
                              ---------------     ---------------

==============================================================================



          NOTE 6.  LONG-TERM DEBT

                    A summary of long-term debt is as follows:


                                           March 31,            December 31,
                                         1995        1994           1995
                                       __________   __________   __________
                                                                 (unaudited)
           Convertible Subordinated
           Debentures, Due 1998  . .  $12,209,000  $14,889,000  $ 9,963,000

           Industrial Revenue Bonds,
            Due 1998  . . . . . . . .   1,895,000    2,095,000    1,895,000

           Senior Subordinated
            Convertible Debentures,
            Due 2003  . . . . . . . .          --          --    25,000,000

           Other Obligations . . . .      120,000      195,000    1,897,000
                                       __________   __________   __________
                                       14,224,000   17,179,000   38,755,000

           Less Current Installments
           of Long-Term Debt . . . .    2,492,000    2,664,000    3,436,000

           Total . . . . . . . . . .  $11,732,000  $14,515,000  $35,319,000



                    The 1998 Debentures bear interest at a rate of
          81/2% per annum and are convertible at their face amount
          any time prior to maturity into shares of Class B Common
          Stock, unless previously redeemed, at a conversion price
          of $15.00 per share, subject to adjustment under certain
          conditions.  The 1998 Debentures are redeemable at the
          option of the Company, in whole or in part, at face
          value, together with interest accrued to the redemption
          date.  As of August 1, 1990 and on August 1 of each year
          thereafter, to and including August 1, 1997, the Company
          is required to provide for the retirement of the 1998
          Debentures by mandatory redemption (the "sinking fund")
          in the aggregate annual principal amount of $2,500,000.
          As of March 31, 1995, the Company had repurchased
          $12,791,000 of the 1998 Debentures and has satisfied all
          sinking fund requirements to date.  The Consolidated
          Statements of Earnings for fiscal years 1995, 1994 and
          1993 reflect gains resulting from these repurchases of
          $13,000, $257,000 and $500,000, respectively.

                    The 1998 Debentures are subordinate to the
          prior payment in full of the principal and interest on
          all senior indebtedness of the Company, which amounted to
          $2,015,000 at March 31, 1995.  The indenture pursuant to
          which the 1998 Debentures were issued contains certain
          dividend and other restrictions.  Under such provisions,
          the Company may not distribute dividends or purchase,
          redeem or otherwise acquire or retire any of its capital
          stock in excess of an aggregate amount which, at March
          31, 1995, was approximately $4,400,000.

                    On December 19, 1991, the Suffolk County
          Industrial Development Agency (the "Agency") issued
          variable rate demand industrial development revenue
          refunding bonds (the "Bonds") in the amount of $2,395,000
          to refinance a prior bond issue which provided funds for
          the construction of the manufacturing facilities of
          Photronics Corp. ("Photronics"), a wholly-owned
          subsidiary of the Company.  All property, plant and
          equipment acquired or constructed from the proceeds of
          the original bonds collateralizes the obligation, and
          payment of the principal and interest and premium (if
          any) on the Bonds is further secured by the unconditional
          guaranty of the Company.  The Bonds are supported by an
          irrevocable, direct-pay letter of credit in an amount
          equal to the principal balance plus interest thereon for
          45 days.  At March 31, 1995, the contingent liability of
          the Company as guarantor under the letter of credit was
          approximately $1,930,000.  The Company has collateralized
          the letter of credit with accounts receivable and also
          has agreed to certain financial covenants, including the
          maintenance of:  (i) a certain minimum ratio of
          consolidated tangible net worth to total debt (the "Debt
          Ratio"), (ii) a certain minimum quarterly ratio of
          earnings before interest and taxes to interest (the
          "Interest Ratio"), and (iii) a certain minimum balance of
          billed and unbilled accounts receivable (the "Eligible
          Receivables"), all as defined in the related agreements.
          At March 31, 1995, the covenants, all of which the
          Company was in compliance with, required (i) a Debt Ratio
          of 0.6:1, (ii) an Interest Ratio of 1.5:1, and (iii)
          Eligible Receivables of $2,500,000.  The financial
          covenants also require that the Company realize a certain
          level of profits during each quarter of fiscal 1996 in
          order to be in compliance.  A default under the Bonds
          constitutes a default on the Debentures.

                    Commencing February 1, 1992 and on the first
          business day of each month thereafter, interest on the
          Bonds is payable at that daily rate determined to be
          necessary under prevailing market conditions to enable
          the Bonds to be sold at a price equal to 100% of the
          principal amount thereof plus accrued interest.  Such
          rate was 4.5% at March 31, 1995.  At the option of the
          Company, the interest rate payable on the Bonds may be
          changed to a weekly or fixed rate.

                    Commencing February 1, 1992 and until such time
          as the Bonds may be converted to fixed-rate obligations,
          the Bonds are subject to redemption, in whole or in part,
          at the option of the Company at a price equal to their
          principal amount plus accrued interest.  On or after the
          second anniversary of a conversion, Bonds bearing
          interest at a fixed rate are subject to the redemption,
          in whole on any date or in part on any interest payment
          date, at the option of the Company at an annual
          redemption rate of 102% at the second anniversary of such
          conversion and diminishing by one percent each year to
          100% on or after the fourth anniversary of such
          conversion.  Commencing January 1, 1993 and on each
          January 1 thereafter, to and including January 1, 1998,
          the Bonds are subject to a schedule of mandatory sinking
          fund redemptions at a price equal to 100% of the
          principal amount of the Bonds redeemed plus accrued
          interest.  The principal amount of the Bonds redeemed at
          January 1, 1995 was $200,000.

                    Cash payments for interest during fiscal 1995,
          1994 and 1993 were $1,237,000, $1,448,000 and $1,687,000,
          respectively.

                    The aggregate maturities of long-term debt for
          the five years ending March 31, 2000 are as follows:
          1996, $2,492,000; 1997, $2,637,000; 1998, $4,095,000;
          1999, $5,000,000; and 2000, $0.


          NOTE 7.  OTHER INCOME, NET

                    Other income, net includes:

                                  Years Ended March 31,
                                 1995      1994      1993
                               ________  ________   ________
              Interest Income  $439,000  $370,000   $585,000

              Royalty Income     63,000   157,000    221,000

              Gain on Repurchase
               of Subordinated
               Debentures  . .   13,000   257,000    500,000

              Other . . . . .    19,000    50,000    (82,000)
                               ________  ________   ________

              Total . . . . .  $534,000  $834,000 $1,224,000


          NOTE 8.  INCOME TAXES

                     Income tax expense consists of:

                                   Years Ended March 31,
                                1995         1994         1993
                            __________    __________    __________

                   Current:
                   Federal  $1,498,000    $  884,000    $  688,000

                   State . .   128,000       224,000        58,000
                            __________    __________    __________
                             1,626,000     1,108,000       746,000

                   Deferred:

                   Federal     172,000        33,000      (103,000)

                   State . .  (146,000)      (48,000)       72,000
                            __________    __________    __________
                                26,000       (15,000)      (31,000)
                            __________    __________    __________

                   Total .  $1,652,000    $1,093,000    $  715,000


                    Deferred income taxes at March 31, 1995 and
          1994 reflect the impact of temporary differences between
          amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
          purposes and such amounts as measured by tax laws.  The
          tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to
          significant portions of the deferred tax assets and
          deferred tax liabilities at March 31, 1995 and 1994 are
          as follows:



                                                    March 31,
           DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:                   1995       1994

           State Net Operating Loss
           Carryforwards . . . . . . . . . .    $ 3,977,000  $ 5,849,000

           Inventory Capitalization  . . . .      1,687,000    1,888,000

           Costs Accrued on Uncompleted
           Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . .      2,627,000    2,163,000

           Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      2,287,000    1,846,000

           Total Gross Deferred Tax Assets .     10,578,000   11,746,000

           Less Valuation Allowance  . . . .     (2,279,000)  (3,575,000)

           Net Deferred Tax Assets . . . . .      8,299,000    8,171,000


           DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:

           Depreciation and Amortization . .     (5,048,000)  (5,540,000)

           General and Administrative Costs      (4,325,000)  (2,740,000)

           Federal Impact of the State
           Benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . .     (1,136,000)  (1,986,000)

           Other   . . . . . . . . . . . . .       (828,000)    (917,000)

           Total Gross Deferred Tax
           Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . .    (11,337,000) (11,183,000)

           Net Deferred Tax Liabilities  . .    $(3,038,000) $(3,012,000)


               A valuation allowance is provided when it is more
          likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred
          tax asset will not be realized.  The Company has
          established a valuation allowance for the deferred tax
          asset attributable to state net operating loss
          carryforwards, due to the uncertainty of future Company
          earnings attributable to various states and the status of
          applicable statutory regulations that could limit or
          preclude utilization of these benefits in future periods.
          A deferred tax asset of $1,567,000 and $1,612,000 is
          included in Other Current Assets in the Consolidated
          Balance Sheets at March 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
          Approximately $47,647,000 of state net operating loss
          carryforwards were available in various tax jurisdictions
          at March 31, 1995.  Of that amount, $29,655,000 will
          expire between fiscal years 1997 and 2002; the remaining
          $17,992,000 will expire between fiscal years 2005 and
          2010.

               A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax
          rate to the effective tax rate follows:

                                    Years Ended March 31,
                                     1995   1994   1993

              Statutory Tax Rate     34%    34%    34%

              State Income Tax,
              Net of Federal
              Income Tax Benefit      3      4      5
              Amortization of    
              Intangible Assets .     1      2      3

              Other . . . . . . .     1     --     (2)


              Total . . . . . . .    39%    40%   40%

               The provision for income taxes includes all
          estimated income taxes payable to federal and state
          governments, as applicable.

               Cash payments for income taxes during fiscal 1995,
          1994 and 1993 amounted to $1,723,000, $311,000 and
          $303,000, respectively.

           NOTE 9.  COMMON STOCK, STOCK OPTION PLANS AND EMPLOYEE
          BENEFIT PLANS

               The Company has three authorized classes of stock:
          A class consisting of 10,000,000 shares of Class A Common
          Stock, a class consisting of 20,000,000 shares of Class B
          Common Stock, and a class consisting of 2,000,000 shares
          of Preferred Stock (none of which has been issued).  The
          holders of Class A and Class B Common Stock are entitled
          to one vote per share and one-tenth vote per share,
          respectively.

               On February 7, 1991, the Board of Directors (the
          "Board") adopted the 1991 Stock Option Plan (the "Stock
          Option Plan"), which authorizes the issuance of up to
          600,000 shares of Class B Common Stock.  The Stock Option
          Plan was approved by the Company's stockholders on August
          8, 1991.  The Stock Option Plan is the successor to the
          Company's 1981 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (the "Non-
          Qualified Plan") that expired on May 12, 1991 and to the
          1981 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the "Incentive Plan")
          that expired on October 31, 1991.  Under the terms of the
          Stock Option Plan, options to purchase shares of Class B
          Common Stock may be granted to key employees, directors
          and consultants of the Company.  Options granted under
          the Stock Option Plan are at the discretion of the Stock
          Option Committee of the Board (the "Stock Option
          Committee") and may be incentive stock options or non-
          qualified stock options, except that incentive stock
          options may be granted only to employees.  The option
          price is determined by the Stock Option Committee and
          must be a price per share which is not less than the par
          value per share of the Class B Common Stock, and in the
          case of an incentive stock option, may not be less than
          the fair-market value of the Class B Common Stock on the
          date of the grant.  Options may be exercised during the
          exercise period, as determined by the Stock Option
          Committee, except that no option may be exercised within
          six months of its grant date, and in the case of an
          incentive stock option, generally, the exercise period
          may not exceed ten years from the date of the grant.   At
          March 31, 1995, 286,250 shares of Class B Common Stock
          were reserved for future grants under the Stock Option
          Plan.

               The Non-Qualified Plan, as amended, provided for the
          grant of options to purchase a total of 100,000 shares of
          Class A Common Stock and 50,000 shares of Class B Common
          Stock through May 12, 1991.  Under the Non-Qualified
          Plan, the Stock Option Committee had discretion to grant
          options to employees, consultants and directors of the
          Company.  The exercise price of an option granted under
          the Non-Qualified Plan was the price, as determined by
          the Stock Option Committee, but was not less than the
          aggregate par value of the shares subject to the option.
          Options granted under the Non-Qualified Plan are
          exercisable in accordance with the terms of the grant
          during a specified period, which did not exceed five
          years.  Upon the expiration of the Non-Qualified Plan, a
          total of 87,600 shares of Class A Common Stock and a
          total of 10,300 shares of Class B Common Stock remained
          ungranted.

               The Incentive Plan, as amended, provided for the
          grant of options to purchase a total of 150,000 shares of
          Class A Common Stock and 475,000 shares of Class B Common
          Stock through October 31, 1991.  Under the Incentive
          Plan, options were granted at the discretion of the Stock
          Option Committee only to employees of the Company.
          Options are exercisable in accordance with the terms of
          the grant within a specified period, which may not exceed
          ten years.  Each option granted provided for the purchase
          of a specified number of shares of Class A Common Stock
          or Class B Common Stock, or both, at an exercise price
          not less than the fair-market value of the shares subject
          to the option on the date of grant.  Upon the expiration
          of the Incentive Plan, options representing a total of
          23,665 shares of Class A Common Stock and a total of
          269,832 shares of Class B Common Stock remained
          ungranted.

               Under the Stock Option Plan, pursuant to the terms
          of exercise under the grant, the excess of the fair-
          market value of shares under option at the date of grant
          over the option price may be charged to unamortized
          restricted stock compensation or to earnings as
          compensation expense and credited to additional paid-in
          capital.  The unamortized restricted stock compensation,
          if any, is charged to expense as the options become
          exercisable, in accordance with the terms of the grant.
          Under the Non-Qualified Plan, pursuant to the restriction
          periods on the exercise of options as stated in the stock
          option agreements, the excess of the fair-market value of
          shares under option at the date of grant over the option
          price was charged to unamortized restricted stock
          compensation and credited to additional paid-in capital.
          The unamortized restricted stock compensation is charged
          to expense as services are performed during the periods
          of restriction.  As restricted options expire, the amount
          of unamortized restricted stock compensation relating to
          the options is credited and eliminated through a charge
          to additional paid-in capital.  In addition, the total
          amount of compensation previously charged to expense is
          credited.  The amount of compensation charged (credited)
          to earnings for all plans in fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993
          was $106,000, $27,000 and ($17,000), respectively.

               When stock is issued on exercise of options, the par
          value of each share ($.01) is credited to common stock
          and the remainder of the option price is credited to
          paid-in capital.  No charge is made to operations.

               A summary of all transactions under the Stock
          Option, Incentive and Non-Qualified Plans follows:


                          Number of
                          Shares of   Option     Number of
                           Class A     Price     Shares of      Option
                           Common       per        Class B     Price per
                            Stock      Share    Common Stock     Share
                         ___________  _________  __________   _______________

           OUTSTANDING
           AT MARCH 31,
           1992
           (of Which
           16,250
           Shares and
           77,238
           Shares of
           Class A and
           Class B,
           Respectively
           , Were
           Exercisable)    65,000      $2.61      205,450      $   .01-4.75

           Granted . .        --        --         10,000      $   .01
           Exercised .        --        --         (5,000)     $   .01
           Expired . .        --        --        (35,600)     $   .01-4.75
                         ___________  _________  __________   _______________

           OUTSTANDING
           AT MARCH 31,
           1993 (of Which
           32,500 Shares and
           111,925 Shares of
           Class A and Class
           B, Respectively,
           Were
           Exercisable)    65,000      $2.61      174,850      $   .01-4.75

           Granted . .        --        --        142,750      $   .01-3.63
           Exercised .        --        --        (11,000)     $   .01-2.25
           Expired . .        --        --        (32,250)     $  2.13-2.25
                         ___________  _________  __________   _______________

           OUTSTANDING
           AT MARCH 31,
           1994
           (of Which
           48,750
           Shares and
           111,163
           Shares of
           Class A and
           Class B,
           Respectively
           , Were
           Exercisable)    65,000      $2.61      274,350      $   .01-4.75

           Granted . .        --        --        150,000      $   .01-4.95
           Exercised .   (25,000)       $2.61     (57,725)     $   .01-3.63
           Expired . .        --        --        (17,000)     $   .01-3.63
                         ___________  _________  __________   _______________


           OUTSTANDING
           AT MARCH 31,
           1995 (of Which
           40,000
           Shares and
           145,425
           Shares of
           Class A and
           Class B,
           Respectively
           , Were
           Exercisable)   40,000        $2.61     349,625      $   .01-4.95

                    The Company also maintains defined contribution
          plans covering substantially all full-time eligible
          employees.  The Company's contributions to these plans,
          which are discretionary, for fiscal 1995 and 1994
          amounted to $365,000 and $203,000, respectively.  The
          Company did not make any contributions to these plans
          during fiscal 1993.

          NOTE 10.  COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND RELATED PARTY
          TRANSACTIONS

                    At March 31, 1995, the Company was party to
          various noncancellable operating leases (principally for
          administration, engineering and production facilities)
          with minimum rental payments as follows:

                         1996                 $1,909,000
                         1997                  1,555,000
                         1998                  1,133,000
                         1999                    811,000
                         2000                    695,000
                   Thereafter                     72,000
                                              __________
                        Total                 $6,175,000

                    It is not certain as to whether the Company
          will negotiate new leases as existing leases expire.
          Determinations to that effect will be made as existing
          leases approach expiration and will be based on an
          assessment of the Company's capacity requirements at that
          time.

                    Total rent expense aggregated $2,490,000,
          $1,703,000 and $1,492,000 in fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993,
          respectively.

                    In April 1984, the Board of Directors approved
          a lease agreement with LDR Realty Co. (wholly owned by
          the Chairman of the Board of Directors and former
          President) for additional office and manufacturing space
          for the Company.  The LDR lease, which expired on May 31,
          1988, was renegotiated for a ten-year term commencing
          June 1, 1988 at a net annual rental of $233,000.  The
          Company is required to pay all real-estate taxes,
          maintenance and repairs to the facility.

                    Effective July 20, 1994, the Company entered
          into an Employment, Non-Competition and Termination
          Agreement (the "Gross Agreement") and a Stock Purchase
          Agreement (the "Stock Purchase Agreement") with David E.
          Gross, who retired as President and Chief Technical
          Officer of the Company on May 12, 1994.  Under the terms
          of the Gross Agreement, Mr. Gross will receive a total of
          $600,000 as compensation for his services under a five-
          year consulting agreement with the Company and a total of
          $750,000 as consideration for a five-year non-compete
          arrangement.  The payments will be charged to expense
          over the term of the Gross Agreement as services are
          performed and obligations are fulfilled by Mr. Gross.  He
          will also receive, at the conclusion of such initial
          five-year period, an aggregate of approximately $1.3
          million payable over a nine-year period as deferred
          compensation.  The net present value of the payments to
          be made to Mr. Gross, pursuant to the deferred
          compensation portion of the Gross Agreement, approximated
          the amount of the Company's  previous deferred
          compensation arrangement with Mr. Gross.  On July 28,
          1994, pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, the
          Company purchased 659,220 shares of Class A Common Stock
          and 45,179 shares of Class B Common Stock owned by Mr.
          Gross for $4.125 and $4.00 per share, respectively,
          totaling approximately $2.9 million in cash (the "Buy-
          back"). The Stock Purchase Agreement also includes
          certain provisions regarding the sale and voting of Mr.
          Gross' remaining shares of stock in the Company, as well
          as the adjustment which would have been made in the
          purchase price paid to Mr. Gross pursuant to the Buy-back
          should a change in control of the Company occur within
          three years from the date of the Stock Purchase
          Agreement.

                    On October 18, 1994, the Company filed a
          Registration Statement on Form S-2, and on November 10,
          1994, the Company filed Amendment No. 1 to such
          Registration Statement (the "Registration Statement")
          with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the
          purpose of selling shares of its common stock purchased
          by the Company in the Buy-back.  Pursuant to the
          Registration Statement, the Company offered to sell
          650,000 shares of its Class A Common Stock at a purchase
          price of between $3.92 per share and $4.33 per share and
          45,000 shares of its Class B Common Stock at a purchase
          price of between $3.80 per share and $4.20 per share.  As
          of March 31, 1995, all shares of Class A and Class B
          Common Stock offered for sale under the Registration
          Statement had been sold at a price of $4.125 per share
          and $4.00 per share, respectively, totaling approximately
          $2.9 million.

                    As of March 31, 1995, the Company was in the
          process of finalizing an Employment, Non-Competition and
          Termination Agreement (the "Newman Agreement") between
          the Company and Leonard Newman, the Chairman of the Board
          and Secretary of the Company.  Pursuant to the Newman
          Agreement, it is expected that Mr. Newman will receive
          certain compensation from the Company over a five-year
          period for consulting services and a non-compete
          arrangement.  In addition, Mr. Newman will receive
          certain retirement benefits payable over a ten-year
          period at the conclusion of such initial five-year
          period.  Results of operations for fiscal 1995 reflect a
          charge of $1.5 million representing the estimated net
          present value of the Company's obligation under the
          Newman Agreement.  The corresponding amount was included
          in Other Liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at
          March 31, 1995 as an addition to the accrual which had
          been established to cover the Company's liability to Mr.
          Newman under a previous deferred compensation
          arrangement.

                    The Company is a party to various legal actions
          and claims arising in the ordinary course of its
          business.  In management's opinion, the Company has
          adequate legal defenses for each of the actions and
          claims and believes that their ultimate disposition will
          not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
          consolidated financial position or results of operations.

                    Since substantially all of the Company's
          revenues are derived from contracts or subcontracts with
          the U.S. Government, future revenues and profits will be
          dependent upon continued contract awards, Company
          performance and volume of Government business.  The books
          and records of the Company are subject to audit and post-
          award review by the Defense Contract Audit Agency.

          NOTE 11.  BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

                    On October 1, 1993, the Company acquired
          (through TAS Acquisition Corp., a wholly-owned
          subsidiary) a 95.7% equity interest in Technology
          Applications and Service Company ("TAS"), a Maryland
          corporation, pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement (the
          "Agreement") dated as of August 6, 1993.  Under the terms
          of the Agreement, the Company paid $15.10 in cash for a
          total of 97,317 issued and outstanding shares of common
          stock, par value $.01 per share, of TAS.  TAS,
          headquartered in Gaithersburg, Maryland, was a privately
          held company incorporated in 1991.  It applies state-of-
          the-art technology to produce emulators that can replace
          display consoles and computer peripherals used by the
          military.  TAS also produces simulators, stimulators and
          training products used primarily for testing and training
          at military land-based sites, as well as provides
          technical services to both Department of Defense and
          commercial customers.  On September 30, 1993, the
          Company, in anticipation of the acquisition, advanced
          $1,800,000 to TAS pursuant to a demand promissory note.
          Such advance was converted to an intercompany liability
          on the date of the acquisition and is eliminated in
          consolidation.  On November 1, 1993, Articles of Merger
          were filed in order to merge TAS into TAS Acquisition
          Corp.  The name TAS Acquisition Corp. was changed to
          Technology Applications & Service Company ("TAS").

                    The acquisition has been accounted for using
          the purchase method of accounting.  The excess of cost
          over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired was
          approximately $405,000 and is being amortized on a
          straight-line basis over 30 years, or $14,000 annually.
          The Consolidated Statements of Earnings include the
          operations of TAS from October 1, 1993.

                    The following unaudited pro forma financial
          information shows the results of operations for the years
          ended March 31, 1994 and 1993 as though the acquisition
          of TAS had occurred at the beginning of each period
          presented.  In addition to combining the historical
          results of operations of the two companies, the pro forma
          calculations include:  the amortization of the excess of
          cost over the estimated fair value of net assets
          acquired; the effect of a reduction in interest expense
          arising from the assumed repayment by TAS prior to the
          acquisition date of its outstanding borrowings under a
          bank line of credit; the effect of a reduction in
          interest income from the assumed decrease in cash
          associated with the $1,800,000 advanced to TAS prior to
          the acquisition and the funding of the TAS operating loss
          for the periods presented; and the adjustment to income
          taxes (benefit) to reflect the effective income tax
          (benefit) rate assumed for the Company and TAS on a
          combined basis for each pro forma period presented:

                                               Years Ended March 31,
                                                1994          1993

           Revenues  . . . . . . . . . . .  $ 65,944,000   $ 56,652,000

           Net Earnings (Loss) before     
           Extraordinary Item  . . . . . .  $  1,291,000   $ (2,364,000)

           Net Earnings (Loss) per Share
           before Extraordinary
           Item  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $        .24   $       (.44)

                    The unaudited pro forma financial information
          is not necessarily indicative either of the results of
          operations that would have occurred had the acquisition
          been made at the beginning of the period, or of the
          future results of operations of the combined companies.

                    On December 13, 1993, pursuant to a Joint
          Venture Agreement dated November 3, 1993 and a
          Partnership Agreement dated December 13, 1993, by and
          between DRS Systems Management Corporation, a wholly-
          owned subsidiary of the Company, and Laurel Technologies,
          Inc. ("Laurel") of Johnstown, Pennsylvania, the Company
          entered into a partnership with Laurel (the
          "Partnership") for the purposes of electronic cable and
          harness manufacturing, military-quality circuit card
          assembly and other related activities.  The Company's
          contribution to the Partnership consisted of cash, notes
          and equipment valued at approximately $600,000,
          representing an 80% controlling interest in the
          Partnership.  As a result, the financial position of the
          Partnership has been consolidated with that of the
          Company's, and the Consolidated Statements of Earnings
          include the operations of Laurel from December 13, 1993.
          The related minority interest in the Partnership has been
          included in Other Liabilities and Other Income, Net,
          respectively, in the Company's consolidated financial
          statements for the periods ended March 31, 1995 and 1994.

                    The Company also made one other asset
          acquisition in December 1993 which was not significant to
          the Company's consolidated financial statements.

                    On November 17, 1994, Precision Echo, Inc., a
          wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, acquired, through
          its wholly-owned subsidiary ("Precision Echo"), the net
          assets of Ahead Technology Corporation ("Ahead"),
          pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement dated October 28,
          1994.  Under the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement,
          Precision Echo paid, on the date of acquisition,
          approximately $1,100,000 for the net assets of Ahead.  In
          addition, Precision Echo entered into a Covenant and
          Agreement Not to Compete ("Covenant"), dated October 28,
          1994, with the chairman of the board of Ahead.  Under the
          terms of the Covenant, the total cash consideration to be
          paid by Precision Echo consisted of approximately
          $400,000 payable at the acquisition date, and an
          additional $540,000 payable in equal monthly installments
          over a period of five years from the acquisition date.
          Ahead, located in Los Gatos, California, designs and
          manufactures a variety of consumable magnetic head
          products used in the production of computer disk drives.
          It products include burnish heads, glide heads and
          specialty test heads.

                    The acquisition has been accounted for using
          the purchase method of accounting and, therefore, Ahead's
          financial statements are included in the consolidated
          financial statements of the Company from the date of
          acquisition.  The excess of cost over the estimated fair
          value of net assets acquired was approximately $940,000
          and will be amortized on a straight-line basis over five
          years, or approximately $188,000 annually.  The financial
          position and results of operations of Ahead were not
          significant to those of the Company's at the date of
          acquisition.

          NOTE 12.  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)


                    The following tables set forth unaudited
          quarterly financial information for the fourth quarter of
          fiscal 1994, each quarter of fiscal 1995 and the first,
          second and third quarters of fiscal 1996:


                              First Quarter           Second Quarter
                         1996          1995         1996          1995
                     ___________   ___________   ___________    __________
      Revenues  .   $ 17,279,000  $ 16,012,000  $ 22,786,000  $ 15,650,000

      Operating
       Income  . .  $  1,314,000  $ 1,076,000   $  1,844,000  $  1,180,000

      Income
       Taxes . . .  $    420,000  $   382,000   $    584,000  $    335,000

      Net Earnings  $    656,000  $   508,000   $    915,000  $    570,000

      Net Earnings
       per Share .  $     .12     $       .10   $        .16  $        .12

     ______________________________________________________________________


                              Third Quarter            Fourth Quarter
                         1996          1995         1995          1994
                     ___________   ___________   ___________    __________

      Revenues  . . $ 25,563,000  $ 15,742,000  $ 22,526,000  $ 22,451,000

      Operating
      Income  . . . $  2,181,000  $  1,005,000  $  1,833,000  $  1,275,000

      Income
      Taxes . . . . $    590,000  $    425,000  $    510,000  $    413,000

      Net Earnings  $    924,000  $    634,000  $    892,000  $    617,000

      Net Earnings
      per Share . . $        .16  $        .13  $        .16  $        .12


                    Primary and fully diluted net earnings per
          share amounts are the same for each of the periods presented above.

          NOTE 13.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS AND OTHER MATTERS (UNAUDITED)

                 On July 5, 1995 (the "OMI Closing Date"), Photronics
          Corp., a New York corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary
          of the Company ("Photronics Corp."), acquired (through OMI
          Acquisition Corp. ("OMI"), a Delaware corporation and a
          wholly-owned subsidiary of Photronics Corp.), substantially all of
          the assets of Opto Mechanik, Inc. ("Opto"), a Delaware
          corporation, pursuant to an Agreement for Acquisition of
          Assets dated May 24, 1995, as amended July 5, 1995, between
          Photronics Corp. and Opto (the "OMI Agreement"), and approved by
          the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District
          of Florida on June 23, 1995.  OMI, now located in Palm Bay,
          Florida, designs and manufactures electro-optical sighting
          and targeting systems used primarily in military fire
          control devices and in various weapons systems.
                    
                    Pursuant to the OMI Agreement, the Company paid a
          total of $5,450,000 consisting of i) $1,150,000 in cash to
          PNC Bank, Kentucky, Inc. ("PNC"), ii) a note to PNC in the
          principal amount of $1,450,000 payable in forty eight (48)
          equal monthly installments of principal and interest
          commencing with the first day of the month subsequent to the
          OMI Closing Date (the "PNC Note"), iii) $2,550,000 in cash to
          MetLife Capital Corporation and iv) a note in the principal
          amount of $300,000 to Opto payable in six (6) equal monthly
          installments of principal and interest commencing on August
          5, 1995 (the "Opto Note").  The PNC Note bears interest at a
          floating rate equal to the of i) PNC's stated prime interest
          rate plus 0.5% or ii) the prime rate as reported by the Wall
          Street Journal plus 0.5%.  The Opto Note bears interest at a
          rate of 9.5% per annum.  Professional fees and other costs
          associated with the acquisition were capitalized as part of
          the total purchase price.  Total cash consideration paid in
          the acquisition was obtained from the Company's working
          capital.
                    
                    The acquisition of the assets of Opto has been
          accounted for under the purchase method.  The operating
          results of OMI, the acquisition corporation, have been
          included in the Company's reported operating results since the
          date of acquisition.  The cost of the acquisition has been allocated
          on the basis of the estimated fair market value of the
          assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.
                    
                    On September 29, 1995 (the "Debenture Closing
          Date"), the Company issued $20,000,000 in aggregate
          principal amount of the Company's 9% Senior Subordinated
          Convertible Debentures due 2003 (the "Senior Subordinated
          Convertible Debentures") pursuant to a private placement.
          Net proceeds from the private placement of these Senior
          Subordinated Convertible Debentures were approximately
          $19,000,000.  On November 3, 1995, the Company issued an
          additional $5,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of
          the Senior Subordinated Convertible Debentures, upon
          exercise of the over-allotment option pursuant to the
          Purchase Agreement between the Company and Forum Capital
          Markets L.P. ("Forum") , dated September 22, 1995.  Net
          proceeds from the exercise of the over-allotment option
          were approximately $4,750,000.  Pursuant to the related
          Registration Rights Agreement dated September 22, 1995
          between the Company and Forum, acting on behalf of
          holders of the Senior Subordinated Convertible Debentures
          (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), the Company has
          agreed to file, within ninety (90) days after the
          Debenture Closing Date, a shelf registration statement
          relating to the Senior Subordinated Convertible
          Debentures and the shares of Class A Common Stock which
          are issuable from time to time upon conversion of the
          Senior Subordinated Convertible Debentures, and to cause
          the shelf registration statement to become effective
          within one hundred fifty (150) days after the Debenture
          Closing Date.  In addition, the Company has agreed to use
          its reasonable best efforts to keep the shelf
          registration statement effective until at least the third
          anniversary of the issuance of the Senior Subordinated
          Convertible Debentures.  In connection with these
          transactions, the Company expects to incur approximately
          $500,000 of professional fees and other costs.  These
          costs, together with Forum's commissions in connection
          with the private placement of the Senior Subordinated
          Convertible Debentures, will be amortized ratably through
          the maturity date of the Senior Subordinated Convertible
          Debentures.

                    The Company's Bonds are supported by an
          irrevocable, direct-pay letter of credit in an amount
          equal to the principal balance plus interest thereon for
          45 days.  At December 31, 1995, the contingent liability
          of the Company as guarantor under the letter of credit
          was approximately $1,930,000.  The Company has
          collateralized the letter of credit with accounts
          receivable and has also agreed to certain financial
          covenants, including the maintenance of:  (i) a certain
          minimum ratio of consolidated tangible net worth to total
          debt (the "Debt Ratio"), (ii) a certain minimum quarterly
          ratio of earnings before interest and taxes to interest
          (the "Interest Ratio"), and (iii) a certain minimum
          balance of billed and unbilled accounts receivable
          ("Eligible Receivables").  At December 31, 1995, the
          covenants required:  (i) a Debt Ratio of 0.6:1, (ii) an
          Interest Ratio of 1.5:1 and (iii) Eligible Receivables of
          $2,500,000.  As a result of the issuance of $25,000,000
          aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated
          Convertible Debentures on September 29, 1995, the Debt
          Ratio at December 31, 1995 was 0.4:1.  The Company has
          obtained a waiver, renewable quarterly, from the bank of
          the required debt ratio and is in compliance with all
          covenants under the letter of credit.

                    On February 6, 1996, pursuant to a Joint
          Venture Agreement, dated February 6, 1996, by and among
          DRS/MS, Inc. ("DRS/MS"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of
          the Company, Universal Sonics Corporation ("Universal
          Sonics"), a New Jersey corporation, Ron Hadani, Howard
          Fidel and Thomas S. Soulos, and a Partnership Agreement,
          dated February 6, 1996, by and between DRS/MS and
          Universal Sonics, the Company entered into a partnership
          with Universal Sonics (the "Partnership") for the
          purpose of developing, manufacturing and marketing
          medical ultrasound imaging equipment.  The Company's
          contribution to the Partnership consisted of $400,000 in
          cash and certain managerial expertise and manufacturing
          capabilities, representing a 90% interest in the
          Partnership.

                    On February 9, 1996, Precision Echo acquired
          (through Ahead Technology Acquisition Corporation
          ("Ahead Acquisition"), a Delaware corporation and a
          wholly-owned subsidiary of Precision Echo), certain
          assets and assumed certain liabilities (principally,
          obligations under property leases) of Mag-Head
          Engineering Company, Inc. ("Mag-Head"), a Minnesota
          corporation, pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement,
          dated as of February 9, 1996, by and among Mag-Head and
          Ahead Acquisition for approximately $400,000 in cash.
          Mag-Head produces audio and flight recorder heads.



                                                                     

          NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO
     GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE
     ANY REPRESENTATION NOT
     CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY
     REFERENCE IN THIS PROSPECTUS,
     AND ANY INFORMATION OR                      $25,000,000
     REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED OR
     INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
     HEREIN MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON
     AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY            DIAGNOSTIC/RETRIEVAL
     THE COMPANY OR ANY UNDERWRITER.            SYSTEMS, INC.
     THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT
     CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OF ANY
     SECURITY OTHER THAN THE
     REGISTERED SECURITIES TO WHICH         9% SENIOR SUBORDINATED
     IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO ANY               CONVERTIBLE
     PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION               DEBENTURES DUE 2003
     WHERE SUCH OFFER WOULD BE
     UNLAWFUL.  NEITHER THE DELIVERY
     OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE
     MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY
     CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY                 _______________
     IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN
     NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE              PROSPECTUS
     COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.             ______________
              _____________

            TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                Page

     Available Information . . .   2
     Prospectus Summary  . . . .   3
     Risk Factors  . . . . . . .   7
     The Company . . . . . . . .  11
     Use of Proceeds . . . . . .  13                                 
     Capitalization  . . . . . .  13            FEBRUARY 23, 1996
     Market Prices of Capital Stock  
                                  14
     Dividend Policy . . . . . .  14
     Selected Consolidated Financial
     Data  . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     Management's Discussion and
       Analysis of Financial
     Condition
       and Results of Operations  17
     Business  . . . . . . . . .  26
     Management  . . . . . . . .  38
     Security Ownership  . . . .  47
     Certain Relationships and
     Related Transactions  . . .  50
     Description of the Debentures 
                                  51
     Description of 1998 Debentures  
                                  72
     Description of Capital Stock  
                                  73
     Plan of Distribution  . . .  75
     Selling Security Holders  .  77
     Legal Matters . . . . . . .  79
     Experts . . . . . . . . . .  79
     Index to Financial Statements 
                                  F-1



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission